Ihre E-Mail wurde erfolgreich gesendet. Bitte prüfen Sie Ihren Maileingang.

Leider ist ein Fehler beim E-Mail-Versand aufgetreten. Bitte versuchen Sie es erneut.

Vorgang fortführen?

Exportieren
Filter
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (153)
  • BSZ  (2)
  • KOBV  (2)
  • Würzburg UB
  • Englisch  (153)
  • 2025-2025
  • 2020-2024
  • 2010-2014  (153)
  • 2013  (153)
  • International Business Machines Corporation International Technical Support Organization.  (107)
  • Edward Elgar Publishing  (46)
  • Electronic books  (152)
  • Aufsatzsammlung  (7)
  • Konferenzschrift
  • Stadtentwicklung
Datenlieferant
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (153)
  • BSZ  (2)
  • KOBV  (2)
  • Würzburg UB
  • GBV  (2)
Materialart
Sprache
  • Englisch  (153)
Erscheinungszeitraum
  • 2025-2025
  • 2020-2024
  • 2010-2014  (153)
Jahr
  • 1
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited ; Geneva, Switzerland
    ISBN: 9789221265696 , 9221265692 , 9781299448544 , 1299448542 , 9781781955352 , 1781955352
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource , illustrations
    Ausgabe: [International Labour Organization edition]
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Public sector shock
    DDC: 331.28135
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Europäische Union ; BUSINESS & ECONOMICS / Labor ; POLITICAL SCIENCE / Labor & Industrial Relations ; Civil service ; Civil service / Salaries, etc ; Employees / Salaries, etc ; Civil service Salaries, etc ; Civil service ; Ausgaben ; Öffentliche Ausgaben ; Öffentlicher Sektor ; Kürzung ; Europa ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europa ; Öffentlicher Sektor ; Ausgaben ; Kürzung ; Europäische Union ; Öffentliche Ausgaben ; Kürzung
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This is a fascinating, rich and comprehensive analytical account of the causes and consequences of austerity measures affecting the public sector in terms of pay and employment. The editors have assembled a broad array of contributions that really reflect the diversity within Europe, both in terms of how deep the financial crisis hit, and the drivers of public sector reforms. An absorbing and thought-provoking read. Jacqueline O'Reilly, University of Brighton, UK After a first series of policy responses to the 200809 crisis aimed at sustaining domestic demand through expansionary anti-crisis packages, most European governments starting with Greece, Ireland, Bulgaria and Romania, and followed by many others have since put in place a series of restrictive budgetary policies aimed at reducing their budget deficits. With these new policies, a significant number of jobs and wages have been cut in the public sector.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: A number of expenditure items related to education and training have also been cut. These reforms have given rise to waves of protest throughout Europe. The goal of this volume is to study this public sector shock. While budgetary reforms seek to ensure a more balanced and sound economic policy, they may generate new work inequalities among public sector employees, most particularly among women, who account for a considerable proportion of public sector employment. Cuts in education and training may also have an impact on the quality of human capital in both the public and private sectors, despite the fact that the recent crisis has shown the value of education as employees with better skills and training are more likely to maintain their jobs and incomes.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The authors explore a number of questions, including: what types of reform have been implemented in the public sector and what are their implications in both the short and long term? On the economic side, what will be the impact on wages, and on job quantity and quality? On the social side, what will the effects be on inequality and social cohesion? And what will be the outcome for, and potential role of, social partners and social dialogue? On the basis of a comparative and comprehensive assessment, illustrated by case studies in education, health and public administration, policy issues are discussed with the aim of finding the right mix of public sector reforms
    Anmerkung: Print version record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 2
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, U.K : Edward Elgar
    ISBN: 9781782545583
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p)
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Jo, Dong seong, 1949 - International review of national competitiveness
    DDC: 338.6
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Internationaler Wettbewerb ; Messung ; Statistische Methode ; Welt ; Social indicators ; International trade Statistics ; Economic indicators ; Competition, International Statistics ; Electronic books ; Competition Statistics ; Internationale Wettbewerbsfähigkeit ; Ranking ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Kurzfassung: This book provides rankings of national competitiveness alongside a series of sophisticated and specific guidelines for enhancing national competitiveness. Existing national competitiveness studies are often flawed since they are not based on rigorous models and appropriate methodologies. In this study, theoretical and methodological problems in existing studies are tackled and a series of tools for assessing national competitiveness is presented. The foundation underpinning the analysis is the MASI (Measure--Analyze--Simulate--Implement) approach, which is used to systematically address policy implications for enhancing national competitiveness. The data and analytical tools can also be utilized for other areas of study, including industry and firms, and intra-group rankings allow cross-country comparison among countries with similar characteristics. Specific guidelines for enhancing national competitiveness are also prescribed. This wide-ranging, comprehensive book will prove an essential reference tool for academics and researchers in the fields of international business and international economics. Both business and public-sector practitioners will also find this book to be a source of invaluable information on competition in investment locations and for setting benchmarks against leading country competitors.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 3
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781782548331
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 276 p) , ill
    Serie: NECTAR series on transportation and communications networks research
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Available in another form
    Schlagwort(e): Transportation ; Infrastructure (Economics) ; Transportation and state ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: 'This very interesting book with peer-reviewed chapters written by leading researchers in the field discusses recent research in the areas of market structure, sustainability and decision-making. It includes several contemporary topics, such as changes in port competition, adaptation of transport to climate change, changing market structures, the importance of changing consumers' preferences, errors in forecasting, and trends in international goods transport.' - Bert van Wee, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands. Transport is debated by many, and liberalization processes, transport policy, transport and climate change and increased competition between transport modes are the subject of heated discussion. Smart Transport Networks illustrates that whether concerning road, water, rail or air, knowledge on the structure of transport markets is crucial in order to tackle transport issues. The book therefore explores key factors concerning the structure of transport markets, their environmental impact, and questions why decision makers often fail to tackle transport-related problems. Three of the key factors that underpin the relationship between transport and society are analysed in detail from a variety of perspectives, each with an empirical focus: market structure and the allocation mechanisms at work; sustainability, encompassing the characteristics of the physical environment, the availability of natural resources and the effects of transport activities; and decision making, detailing transport policy and attempts to change transport systems. Practical guidelines on how to effectively deal with complex transport issues are also presented. This book will prove an important resource read for academics, researchers, and students with an interest in economics - particularly transport and public sector economics, geography and regional and urban studies. Policy makers and planners in the fields of transport, environment and regional planning will also find this book to be an invaluable reference tool
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 4
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784714581
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in business
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Business history
    DDC: 650.0722
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): 1920- ; Unternehmensgeschichte ; Business Historiography ; Business History ; Research ; Commerce History ; Research ; Business enterprises Historiography ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This important book assembles formative articles that demonstrate how business history emerged as a discipline from the interwar years until the present day. The essays, drawn from authors in the United States, Europe, Asia and Latin America, document the remarkable intellectual achievements of the field, as well as exploring the challenges it faced securing a wider impact on other disciplines. The book will appeal to both social scientists and historians interested to learn how the field of business history was shaped
    Kurzfassung: Louis Galambos (2003), 'Identity and the Boundaries of Business History: An Essay on Consensus and Creativity', in Franco Amatori and Geoffrey Jones (eds), Business History around the World, Chapter 2, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 11-30 -- Patrick Fridenson (2004), 'Business Failure and the Agenda of Business History', Enterprise and Society, 5 (4), December, 562-82 -- Pamela Walker Laird (2008), 'Looking Toward the Future: Expanding Connections for Business Historians', Enterprise and Society, 9 (4), December, 575-90
    Kurzfassung: Mira Wilkins (1988), 'Presidential Address: Business History as a Discipline', Business and Economic History: Second Series, 17, 1-7 -- T.A.B. Corley (1993), 'Firms and Markets: Towards a Theory of Business History', Business and Economic History: Second Series, 22 (1), Fall, 54-66 -- William N. Parker (1993), 'A "New" Business History? A Commentary on the 1993 Nobel Prize in Economics', Business History Review, 67 (4), Winter, 623-36 -- Louis Galambos (1994), 'U.S. Business History and Recent Developments in Historical Social Science in the United States', Proceedings of the Conference on Business History, Paper 9, Erasmus University Rotterdam, The Netherlands: Centre of Business History, October, 112-20 -- Terry Gourvish (1994), 'The Empirical Emphasis in Business History: Out of Chaos?', Proceedings of the Conference on Business History, Paper 12, Erasmus University Rotterdam, The Netherlands: Centre of Business History, October, 145-52 -- Geoffrey Jones (1994), 'Business History: Theory and Concepts', Proceedings of the Conference on Business History, Paper 16, Erasmus University Rotterdam, The Netherlands: Centre of Business History, October, 196-207 -- JoAnne Yates (1997), 'Using Giddens' Structuration Theory to Inform Business History', Business and Economic History: Second Series, 26 (1), Fall, 159-83 -- Naomi R. Lamoreaux (2001), 'Reframing the Past: Thoughts about Business Leadership and Decision Making under Uncertainty', Enterprise and Society, 2 (4), December, 632-59 -- Richard N. Langlois (2004), 'Chandler in a Larger Frame: Markets, Transaction Costs, and Organizational Form in History', Enterprise and Society, 5 (3), September, 355-75 -- Thomas K. McCraw (2006), 'Schumpeter's Business Cycles as Business History', Business History Review, 80 (2), Summer, 231-61 -- Neil Fligstein (2008), 'Chandler and the Sociology of Organizations', Business History Review, 82 (2), Summer, 241-50 -- Walter A. Friedman and Geoffrey Jones (2011), 'Business History: Time for Debate', Business History Review, 85 (1), Spring, 1-8 -- Louis Galambos (1991), 'Presidential Address: What Makes Us Think We Can Put Business Back Into American History?', Business and Economic History: Second Series, 20, 1-11 -- David B. Sicilia (1995), 'Cochran's Legacy: A Cultural Path Not Taken', Business and Economic History: Second Series, 24 (1), Fall, 27-39 -- Kenneth Lipartito (1995), 'Culture and the Practice of Business History', Business and Economic History: Second Series, 24 (2), Winter, 1-41 -- Philip Scranton and Roger Horowitz (1997), '"The Future of Business History": An Introduction', Business and Economic History: Second Series, 26 (1), Fall, 1-4 -- Angel Kwolek-Folland (1994), 'The African American Financial Industries: Issues of Class, Race and Gender in the Early 20th Century', Business and Economic History: Second Series, 23 (2), Winter, 85-107 -- Robert E. Weems, Jr. (1997), 'Out of the Shadows: Business Enterprise and African American Historiography', Business and Economic History: Second Series, 26 (1), Fall, 200-212 -- Kathy Peiss (1998), '"Vital Industry" and Women's Ventures: Conceptualizing Gender in Twentieth Century Business History', Business History Review, 72 (2), Summer, 219-41
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): N.S.B. Gras (1934), 'Business History', Economic History Review, IV (4), April, 385-98 -- Henrietta M. Larson (1947), 'Business History: Retrospect and Prospect', Bulletin of the Business Historical Society, 21 (6), December, 173-99 -- Fritz Redlich (1952), 'The Role of Theory in the Study of Business History', Explorations in Entrepreneurial History, 4 (3), February, 135-44 -- Alexander Gerschenkron (1953), 'Social Attitudes, Entrepreneurship, and Economic Development', Explorations in Entrepreneurial History, 6 (1), October, 1-19 -- James H. Soltow (1955), 'The Business Use of Business History', Business History Review, 29 (3), September, 227-37 -- Herman E. Krooss (1958), 'Economic History and the New Business History', Journal of Economic History, XVIII (4), December, 467-80 -- Arthur M. Johnson (1962), 'Where Does Business History Go From Here?', Business History Review (Conference Issue Dedicated to Henrietta M. Larson), 36 (1), Spring, 11-20 -- Fritz Redlich (1962), 'Approaches to Business History', Business History Review (Conference Issue Dedicated to Henrietta M. Larson), 36 (1), Spring, 61-70 -- Arthur H. Cole (1962), 'What Is Business History?', Business History Review (Conference Issue Dedicated to Henrietta M. Larson), 36 (1), Spring, 98-106 -- Peter L. Payne (1962), 'The Uses of Business History: A Contribution to the Discussion', Business History, 5 (1), 11-21 -- Alfred D. Chandler, Jr. (1978), 'Presidential Address, 1978: Business History - A Personal Experience', Business and Economic History: Second Series, 7, 1-8 -- Alfred Chandler (1976), 'Institutional Integration: An Approach to Comparative Studies of the History of Large-Scale Business Enterprise', Revue Économique, 27 (2), March, 177-99 -- Louis Galambos (1966), 'Business History and the Theory of the Growth of the Firm', Explorations in Entrepreneurial History / Second Series, 4 (1), Fall, 3-16 -- Thomas Cochran (1977), 'The Sloan Report: American Culture and Business Management', American Quarterly (Special Issue: Reassessing Twentieth Century Documents), 29 (5), Winter, 476-86 -- Ralph W. Hidy (1970), 'Business History: Present Status and Future Needs', Business History Review, XLIV (4), Winter, 483-97 -- Harold C. Livesay (1989), 'Entrepreneurial Dominance in Businesses Large and Small, Past and Present', Business History Review (Entrepreneurs in Business History), 63 (1), Spring, 1-21 -- Robert D. Cuff (2002), 'Notes for a Panel on Entrepreneurship in Business History', Business History Review, 76 (1), Spring, 123-32 -- Donald Coleman (1987), 'The Uses and Abuses of Business History', Business History, XXIX (2), April, 141-56 -- Takeshi Yuzawa (2009), 'Recent Trends of Business History in Japan', Paper presented at Asian-Pacific Economic and Business History Conference, Tokyo, 1-23 -- María Inés Barbero (2008), 'Business History in Latin America: A Historiographical Perspective', Business History Review, 82 (3), Autumn, 555-75
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 5
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784714406
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in business
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurship and leadership
    DDC: 658.421
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Entrepreneurship ; Führungsstil ; Leadership ; Entrepreneurship ; Entrepreneurship ; Leadership ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: A complex mix of attitudes, traits, motives, skills, capabilities, styles and mental mindsets contributes to entrepreneurial leadership. This brings together perspectives from leading scholars in the entrepreneurship and management disciplines that inform our understanding of the nature of, requirements for, and implications resulting from entrepreneurial leadership. This important book is organized into eight key leadership imperatives: igniting entrepreneurial action; establishing entrepreneurial control; understanding entrepreneurial motivation; encouraging entrepreneurial ethics; formulating entrepreneurial strategy; dealing with entrepreneurial failure; creating entrepreneurial environments and demonstrating leadership and vision. This collection will serve as a vital reference for scholars, teachers and doctoral students who wish to read and examine the most significant literature in the entrepreneurial leadership domain
    Kurzfassung: John C. Goodale, Donald F. Kuratko and Jeffrey S. Hornsby (2008), 'Influence Factors for Operational Control and Compensation in Professional Service Firms', Journal of Operations Management, 26 (5), September, 669-88 -- Antonio Davila and George Foster (2007), 'Management Control Systems in Early-Stage Startup Companies', Accounting Review, 82 (4), July, 907-37 -- Michael A. Hitt, Robert E. Hoskisson, Richard A. Johnson and Douglas D. Moesel (1996), 'The Market for Corporate Control and Firm Innovation', Academy of Management Journal, 39 (5), October, 1084-119 -- Michael H. Morris, Jurie van Vuuren, Jeffrey R. Cornwall and Retha Scheepers (2009), 'Properties of Balance: A Pendulum Effect in Corporate Entrepreneurship', Business Horizons, 52 (5), September-October, 429-40 -- Melissa S. Cardon, Joakim Wincent, Jagdip Singh and Mateja Drnovsek (2009), 'The Nature and Experience of Entrepreneurial Passion', Academy of Management Review, 34 (3), July, 511-32 -- Michael H. Morris, Donald F. Kuratko, Minet Schindehutte and April J. Spivack (2012), 'Framing the Entrepreneurial Experience', Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice, 36 (1), January, 11-40 -- Christopher J. Collins, Paul J. Hanges and Edwin A. Locke (2004), 'The Relationship of Achievement Motivation to Entrepreneurial Behavior: A Meta-Analysis', Human Performance, 17 (1), 95-117 -- Donald F. Kuratko, R. Duane Ireland, Jeffrey G. Covin and Jeffrey S. Hornsby (2005), 'A Model of Middle-Level Managers' Entrepreneurial Behavior', Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice, 29 (6), November, 699-716 -- Alan Carsrud and Malin Brännback (2011), 'Entrepreneurial Motivations: What Do We Still Need to Know?', Journal of Small Business Management, 49 (1), 9-26 -- Zeki Simsek, Ciaran Heavey and John (Jack) F. Veiga (2010), 'The Impact of CEO Core Self-Evaluation on the Firm's Entrepreneurial Orientation', Strategic Management Journal, 31 (1), 110-19 -- Maw-Der Foo (2011), 'Emotions and Entrepreneurial Opportunity Evaluation', Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice, 35 (2), March, 375-93 -- Michael H. Morris, Minet Schindehutte, John Walton and Jeffrey Allen (2002), 'The Ethical Context of Entrepreneurship: Proposing and Testing a Developmental Framework', Journal of Business Ethics, 40 (4), November, 331-61 -- Morgan P. Miles, Linda S. Munilla and Jeffrey G. Covin (2004), 'Innovation, Ethics, and Entrepreneurship', Journal of Business Ethics, 54 (1), September, 97-101 -- Donald F. Kuratko and Michael G. Goldsby (2004), 'Corporate Entrepreneurs or Rogue Middle Managers? A Framework for Ethical Corporate Entrepreneurship', Journal of Business Ethics, 55 (1), November, 13-30 -- Jeremy Hall and Philip Rosson (2006), 'The Impact of Technological Turbulence on Entrepreneurial Behavior, Social Norms and Ethics: Three Internet-based Cases', Journal of Business Ethics, 64 (3), March, 231-48 -- Gita Surie and Allan Ashley (2008), 'Integrating Pragmatism and Ethics in Entrepreneurial Leadership for Sustainable Value Creation', Journal of Business Ethics, 81 (1), August, 235-46 -- Melissa S. Baucus, William I. Norton, Jr., David A. Baucus and Sherrie E. Human (2008), 'Fostering Creativity and Innovation without Encouraging Unethical Behavior', Journal of Business Ethics, 81 (1), August, 97-115 -- Jan Brinckmann, Dietmar Grichnik and Diana Kapsa (2010), 'Should Entrepreneurs Plan or Just Storm the Castle? A Meta-Analysis on Contextual Factors Impacting the Business Planning- Performance Relationship in Small Firms', Journal of Business Venturing, 25 (1), January, 24-40 -- Bárbara Larrañeta, Shaker A. Zahra and José Luis Galán González (2012), 'Enriching Strategic Variety In New Ventures Through External Knowledge', Journal of Business Venturing, 27 (4), July, 401-13
    Kurzfassung: Javier Gimeno, Timothy B. Folta, Arnold C. Cooper and Carolyn Y. Woo (1997), 'Survival of the Fittest? Entrepreneurial Human Capital and the Persistence of Underperforming Firms', Administrative Science Quarterly, 42 (4), December, 750-83 -- J. Michael Haynie, Dean Shepherd, Elaine Mosakowski and P. Christopher Earley (2010), 'A Situated Metacognitive Model of the Entrepreneurial Mindset', Journal of Business Venturing, 25 (2), March, 217-29 -- Saras D. Sarasvathy (2001), 'Causation and Effectuation: Toward a Theoretical Shift from Economic Inevitability to Entrepreneurial Contingency', Academy of Management Review, 26 (2), April, 243-63 -- Shaker A. Zahra (2008), 'The Virtuous Cycle of Discovery and Creation of Entrepreneurial Opportunities', Strategic Entrepreneurship Journal, 2 (3), September, 243-57 -- Catherine M. Daily, Patricia P. McDougall, Jeffrey G. Covin and Dan R. Dalton (2002), 'Governance and Strategic Leadership in Entrepreneurial Firms', Journal of Management, 28 (3), 387-412
    Kurzfassung: Morris, M.H., Fu, J., Webb, J. and Singhal, S. (in press), 'A Competency-Based Perspective and Entrepreneurship Education: Conceptual and Empirical Insights', Journal of Small Business Management. -- Murray, J.A. (1984). A Concept of Entrepreneurial Strategy. Strategic Management Journal, 5 (1): 1-13. -- Pinchot, G. (2000). Intrapreneuring. Warner Books, New York: NY. -- Russell, R.D. and Russell, C.J. (1992). An Examination of the Effects of Organizational Norms, Structure, and Environmental Uncertainty on Entrepreneurial Strategy. Journal of Management, 18 (4): 639-656. -- Sarasvathy, S.D. (2004). The Questions We Ask and the Questions We Care About: Reformulating Some Problems in Entrepreneurship Research. Journal of Business Venturing, 19 (5): 707-717. -- Sexton, D.L., Upton, N.B, Wacholtz, L.E. and McDougall, P. (1997). Learning Needs of Growth-Oriented Entrepreneurs. Journal of Business Venturing, 12 (1): 1-8. -- Shepherd, D.A. (2011). Multi-level Entrepreneurship Research: Opportunities for Studying Entrepreneurial Decision Making. Journal of Management, 37 (2): 412-420. -- Shepherd, D.A. and Kuratko, D.F. (2009). The Death of an Innovative Project: How Grief Recovery Enhances Learning. Business Horizons, 52 (5): 451-458. -- Song, X.M. and Parry, M.E. (1997). A Cross-national Comparative Study of New Product Development Processes: Japan and the United States. Journal of Marketing, 61: 1-18. -- Donald F. Kuratko (2009), 'The Entrepreneurial Imperative of the 21st Century', Business Horizons, 52 (5), September-October, 421-28 -- Jeffery S. McMullen and Dean A. Shepherd (2006), 'Entrepreneurial Action and the Role of Uncertainty in the Theory of the Entrepreneur', Academy of Management Review, 31 (1), January, 132-52 -- Keith M. Hmieleski and Andrew C. Corbett (2008), 'The Contrasting Interaction Effects of Improvisational Behavior with Entrepreneurial Self-Efficacy on New Venture Performance and Entrepreneur Work Satisfaction', Journal of Business Venturing, 23 (4), July, 482-96 -- Jeffrey S. Hornsby, Donald F. Kuratko, Dean A. Shepherd and Jennifer P. Bott (2009), 'Managers' Corporate Entrepreneurial Actions: Examining Perception and Position', Journal of Business Venturing, 24 (3), May, 236-47 -- R. Duane Ireland, Michael A. Hitt, S. Michael Camp and Donald L. Sexton (2001), 'Integrating Entrepreneurship and Strategic Management Actions to Create Firm Wealth', Academy of Management Executive, 15 (1), February, 49-63 -- Donald F. Kuratko, Jeffrey G. Covin and Robert P. Garrett (2009), 'Corporate Venturing: Insights from Actual Performance', Business Horizons, 52 (5), September-October, 459-67 -- Donald F. Kuratko, R. Duane Ireland and Jeffrey S. Hornsby (2001), 'Improving Firm Performance through Entrepreneurial Actions: Acordia's Corporate Entrepreneurship Strategy', Academy of Management Executive, 15 (4), November, 60-71 -- John C. Goodale, Donald F. Kuratko, Jeffrey S. Hornsby and Jeffrey G. Covin (2011), 'Operations Management and Corporate Entrepreneurship: The Moderating Effect of Operations Control on the Antecedents of Corporate Entrepreneurial Activity in Relation to Innovation Performance', Journal of Operations Management, 29 (1-2), January, 116-27 -- Michael H. Morris, Jeffrey Allen, Minet Schindehutte and Ramon Avila (2006), 'Balanced Management Control Systems as a Mechanism for Achieving Corporate Entrepreneurship', Journal of Managerial Issues, XVIII (4), Winter, 468-93 -- Antonio Davila, George Foster and Daniel Oyon (2009), 'Accounting and Control, Entrepreneurship and Innovation: Venturing into New Research Opportunities', European Accounting Review, 18 (2), 281-311
    Kurzfassung: Marc Gruber (2007), 'Uncovering the Value of Planning in New Venture Creation: A Process and Contingency Perspective', Journal of Business Venturing, 22 (6), November, 782-807 -- R. Duane Ireland, Jeffrey G. Covin and Donald F. Kuratko (2009), 'Conceptualizing Corporate Entrepreneurship Strategy', Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice, 33 (1), January, 19-46 -- Yasemin Y. Kor (2003), 'Experience-Based Top Management Team Competence and Sustained Growth', Organization Science, 14 (6), November-December, 707-19 -- Mark Kroll, Bruce A. Walters and Son A. Le (2007), 'The Impact of Board Composition and Top Management Team Ownership Structure on Post-IPO Performance in Young Entrepreneurial Firms', Academy of Management Journal, 50 (5), October, 1198-216 -- Dean A. Shepherd (2003), 'Learning from Business Failure: Propositions of Grief Recovery for the Self-Employed', Academy of Management Review, 28 (2), April, 318-28 -- Jason Cope (2011), 'Entrepreneurial Learning from Failure: An Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis', Journal of Business Venturing, 26 (6), November, 604-23 -- Rita Gunther McGrath (1999), 'Falling Forward: Real Options Reasoning and Entrepreneurial Failure', Academy of Management Review, 24 (1), January, 13-30 -- Melissa S. Cardon, Christopher E. Stevens and D. Ryland Potter (2011), 'Misfortunes or Mistakes? Cultural Sensemaking of Entrepreneurial Failure', Journal of Business Venturing, 26 (1), January, 79-92 -- Dean A. Shepherd, Jeffrey G. Covin and Donald F. Kuratko (2009), 'Project Failure from Corporate Entrepreneurship: Managing the Grief Process', Journal of Business Venturing, 24 (6), November, 588-600 -- Ashish Arora and Anand Nandkumar (2011), 'Cash-Out or Flameout! Opportunity Cost and Entrepreneurial Strategy: Theory, and Evidence from the Information Security Industry', Management Science, 57 (10), October, 1844-60 -- Robert Cressy (2006), 'Why do Most Firms Die Young?', Small Business Economics, 26 (2), March, 103-16 -- Patrick M. Kreiser, Louis D. Marino, Pat Dickson and K. Mark Weaver (2010), 'Cultural Influences on Entrepreneurial Orientation: The Impact of National Culture on Risk Taking and Proactiveness in SMEs', Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice, 34 (5), September, 959-83 -- Dominic S.K. Lim, Eric A. Morse, Ronald K. Mitchell and Kristie K. Seawright (2010), 'Institutional Environment and Entrepreneurial Cognitions: A Comparative Business Systems Perspective', Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice, 34 (3), May, 491-516 -- Jeffrey S. Hornsby, Donald F. Kuratko and Shaker A. Zahra (2002), 'Middle Managers' Perception of the Internal Environment for Corporate Entrepreneurship: Assessing a Measurement Scale', Journal of Business Venturing, 17 (3), May, 253-73 -- Linda Edelman and Helena Yli-Renko (2010), 'The Impact of Environment and Entrepreneurial Perceptions on Venture-Creation Efforts: Bridging the Discovery and Creation Views of Entrepreneurship', Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice, 34 (5), September, 833-56 -- Jesper B. Sørensen (2007), 'Bureaucracy and Entrepreneurship: Workplace Effects on Entrepreneurial Entry', Administrative Science Quarterly, 52 (3), September, 387-412 -- Kathleen M. Eisenhardt, Nathan R. Furr and Christopher B. Bingham (2010), 'Microfoundations of Performance: Balancing Efficiency and Flexibility in Dynamic Environments', Organization Science, 21 (6), November-December, 1263-73 -- R. Duane Ireland, Donald F. Kuratko and Michael H. Morris (2006), 'A Health Audit for Corporate Entrepreneurship: Innovation at all Levels: Part I', Journal of Business Strategy, 27 (1), 10-17 -- Vipin Gupta, Ian C. MacMillan and Gita Surie (2004), 'Entrepreneurial Leadership: Developing and Measuring a Cross-Cultural Construct', Journal of Business Venturing, 19 (2), March, 241-60
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Amabile, T.M. (2000). Stimulate Creativity by Fueling Passion. Blackwell Handbook of Principles of Organizational Behavior. St. Melden, MA: Blackwell Business, 331-341. -- Amit, R.H., Brigham, K., and Markman, G.D. (2000). Entrepreneurial Management as Strategy. In G.D. Meyer and K.A. Heppard (eds), Entrepreneurship as Strategy. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, 83-99. -- Audretsch, D.B. (2009). The Emergence of the Entrepreneurial Society. Business Horizons, 50: 49-59. -- Baron, R. (2004). The Cognitive Perspective: A Valuable Tool for Answering Entrepreneurship's Basic 'Why' Questions. Journal of Business Venturing, 19: 221-239. -- Baum, J.R., Locke, E.A., and Kirkpatrick, S.A. (1998). A Longitudinal Study of the Relation of Vision and Vision Communication to Venture Growth in Entrepreneurial Firms. Journal of Applied Psychology, 83 (1): 43-54. -- Brundin, E., Patzelt, H., and Shepherd, D.A. (2008). Managers' Emotional Displays and Employees' Willingness to Act Entrepreneurially. Journal of Business Venturing, 23 (2): 221-243. -- Covin, J.G. and Slevin, D.P. (1991). A Conceptual Model of Entrepreneurship as Firm Behavior. Entrepreneurship: Theory & Practice, 16 (1): 7-25. -- Drucker, P.F. (1985). Entrepreneurial Strategies. California Management Review, 27 (2) : 9-25. -- Gartner, W.B. (1989). Some Suggestions for Research on Entrepreneurial Traits and Characteristics. Entrepreneurship: Theory & Practice, 14 (1): 27-38. -- Getz, G. and Tuttle, E.G. (2001). A Comprehensive Approach to Corporate Venturing. Handbook of Business Strategy, 2 (1): 277-279. -- Green, S.G., Welsh, M.A., and Dehler, G.E. (2003). Advocacy, Performance, and Threshold Influences on Decisions to Terminate New Product Development. Academy of Management Journal, 46: 419-434. -- Hamel, G. (2000). Leading the Revolution. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press. -- Hmieleski, K.M. and Baron, R.A. (2009). Entrepreneurs' Optimism and New Venture Performance: A Social Cognitive Perspective. Academy of Management Journal, 52 (3): 473-488. -- Ireland, R.D. and Webb, J.W. (2007). Strategic Entrepreneurship: Creating Competitive Advantage through Streams of Innovation. Business Horizons, 50: 49-59. -- Johnson, S.and Van de Ven, A.H. (2002). A Framework for Entrepreneurial Strategy. In M.A. Hitt, R.D. Ireland, S.M. Camp, and D.L. Sexton (eds), Strategic Entrepreneurship: Creating a New Mindset. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, 66-85. -- Kuratko, D. F. (2009). Entrepreneurship: Theory, Process, Practice 8th ed. Mason, OH: Thomson/SouthWestern Publishing. -- Lichtenstein, B.B., Dooley, K.J., and Lumpkin, G.T. (2006). Measuring Emergence in the Dynamics of New Venture Creation. Journal of Business Venturing, 21 (2): 153-176. -- Mintzberg, H. and Waters, J.A. (1985). Of Strategies, Deliberate and Emergent. Strategic Management Journal, 6: 257-272. -- Morris, M.H. (1998) Entrepreneurial Intensity. Westport, CT: Quorum Books. -- Morris, M.H., Kuratko, D.F., and Covin, J.G. (2011). Corporate Entrepreneurship and Innovation 3rd ed. Mason, OH: Thomson/SouthWestern Publishers
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 6
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784710552
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Recent developments in the economics of happiness
    DDC: 330.019
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Glücksforschung ; Happiness ; Economics Psychological aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftswissenschaften ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Glück ; Zufriedenheit ; Lebensqualität
    Kurzfassung: What makes people happy in life? This crucial question has the potential to shake up economics. In recent years, dissatisfaction with the understanding of welfare in economics and new opportunities for empirical study of people's subjective well-being have spurred impressive and stimulating new research into the 'dismal' science, resulting in increased interest in the economics of happiness. Professor Frey and Professor Stutzer have selected contributions by leading scholars which offer a wide-ranging overview of recent developments. These include an exploration of the economic determinants of happiness, the importance of social capital and health for well-being and the new life satisfaction approach to valuing public goods. Work on utility misprediction and adaptation challenges the existing fundamentals of economics, and the role of happiness research in public policy is investigated from different perspectives
    Kurzfassung: Bernard M.S. van Praag and Barbara E. Baarsma (2005), 'Using Happiness Surveys to Value Intangibles: The Case of Airport Noise', Economic Journal, 115 (500), January, 224-46 -- Simon Luechinger (2009), 'Valuing Air Quality Using the Life Satisfaction Approach', Economic Journal, 119 (536), March, 482-515 -- Daniel Kahneman and Richard H. Thaler (2006), 'Anomalies: Utility Maximization and Experienced Utility', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 20 (1), Winter, 221-34 -- Andrew E. Clark, Ed Diener, Yannis Georgellis and Richard E. Lucas (2008), 'Lags and Leads in Life Satisfaction: A Test of the Baseline Hypothesis', Economic Journal, 118 (529), June, F222-F243 -- Luis Rayo and Gary S. Becker (2007), 'Evolutionary Efficiency and Happiness', Journal of Political Economy, 115 (2), April, 302-37 -- Richard Layard (2006), 'Happiness and Public Policy: A Challenge to the Profession', Economic Journal, 116 (510), March, C24-C33 -- Bruno S. Frey and Alois Stutzer (2012), 'The Use of Happiness Research for Public Policy', Social Choice and Welfare, 38 (4), April, 659-74
    Kurzfassung: Finkelstein, Amy, Erzo F.P. Luttmer and Matthew J. Notowidigdo (2013), 'What Good is Wealth without Health? The Effect of Health on the Marginal Utility of Consumption', forthcoming in the Journal of the European Economic Association. -- Frank, Robert H. (2004), 'How not to Buy Happiness', Daedalus, 133 (2), 69-79. -- Freeman, A. Myrick, III (2003), The Measurement of Environmental and Resource Values: Theory and Methods, Washington, DC: Resources for the Future. -- Frey, Bruno S. (2008), Happiness: A Revolution in Economics, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. -- Frey, Bruno S. and Matthias Benz (2008), 'Being Independent is a Great Thing: Subjective Evaluations of Self-Employment and Hierarchy', Economica, 75 (298), 362-83. -- Frey, Bruno S., Simon Luechinger and Alois Stutzer (2009), 'The Life Satisfaction Approach to the Value of Public Goods: The Case of Terrorism', Public Choice, 138 (3-4), 317-45. -- Frey, Bruno S., Simon Luechinger and Alois Stutzer (2010), 'The Life Satisfaction Approach to Environmental Valuation', Annual Review of Resource Economics, 2, 139-60. -- Frey, Bruno S. and Alois Stutzer (2002a), Happiness and Economics: How the Economy and Institutions Affect Well-Being, Princeton and Oxford: Princeton University Press. -- Frey, Bruno S. and Alois Stutzer (2012), 'Economic Consequences of Mispredicting Utility', Mimeo: University of Basel. -- Frijters, Paul, David W. Johnston and Michael A. Shields (2011), 'Life Satisfaction Dynamics with Quarterly Life Event Data', Scandinavian Journal of Economics, 113 (1), 190-211. -- Graham, Liam and Andrew Oswald (2010), 'Hedonic Capital, Adaptation and Resilience', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 76 (2), 372-84. -- Green, Francis (2011), 'Unpacking the Misery Multiplier: How Employability Modifies the Impacts of Unemployment and Job Insecurity on Life Satisfaction and Mental Health', Journal of Health Economics, 30 (2), 265-76. -- Helliwell, John and Christopher Barrington-Leigh (2010), 'Measuring and Understanding Subjective Well-Being', Canadian Journal of Economics, 43 (3), 729-53. -- Helliwell, John F., Richard Layard and Jeffrey Sachs (eds) (2012), World Happiness Report, New York: The Earth Institute, Columbia University. -- Hsee, Christopher, Yuval Rottenstreich and Alois Stutzer (2012), 'Suboptimal Choices and the Need for Experienced Individual Well-Being in Economic Analysis', IZA Discussion Paper No. 6346, available at: ssrn.com/abstract=2010941. -- Ifcher, John and Homa Zarghamee (2011), 'Happiness and Time Preference: The Effect of Positive Affect in a Random-Assignment Experiment', American Economic Review, 101 (7), 3109-129. -- Kahneman, Daniel, Alan Krueger, David Schkade, Norbert Schwarz and Arthur Stone (2004), 'A Survey Method for Characterizing Daily Life Experience: The Day Reconstruction Method', Science, 306 (5702), 1776-80. -- Kahneman, Daniel and Robert Sugden (2005), 'Experienced Utility as a Standard of Policy Evaluation', Environmental and Resource Economics, 32 (1), 161-81. -- Kassenboehmer, Sonja C. and John P. Haisken-DeNew (2009), 'You're Fired! The Causal Negative Effect of Entry Unemployment on Life Satisfaction', Economic Journal, 119 (536), 448-62
    Kurzfassung: Knabe, Andreas and Steffen Rätzel (2011), 'Scarring or Scaring? The Psychological Impact of Past Unemployment and Future Unemployment Risk', Economica, 78 (310), 283-93. -- Knabe, Andreas, Steffen Rätzel, Ronnie Schöb and Joachim Weimann (2010), 'Dissatisfied with Life but Having a Good Day: Time-Use and Well-Being of the Unemployed', Economic Journal, 120 (547), 867-89. -- Knight, John and Ramani Gunatilaka (2012), 'Income, Aspiration and the Hedonic Treadmill in a Poor Society', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 82 (1), 67-81. -- Krueger, Alan B. (ed) (2009), Measuring the Subjective Well-Being of Nations: National Accounts of Time Use and Well-Being, Chicago: University of Chicago Press. -- Krueger, Alan B. and David A. Schkade (2008), 'The Reliability of Subjective Well-Being Measures', Journal of Public Economics, 92 (8-9), 1833-45. -- Layard, Richard (2005), Happiness: Lessons from a New Science, New York: Penguin. -- Layard, Richard, Stephen Nickell and Guy Mayraz (2008), 'The Marginal Utility of Income', Journal of Public Economics, 92 (8-9), 1846-57. -- Loewenstein, George, Ted O'Donoghue and Matthew Rabin (2003), 'Projection Bias in Predicting Future Utility', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118 (4), 1209-48. -- Luechinger, Simon, Stephan Meier and Alois Stutzer (2010), 'Why Does Unemployment Hurt the Employed? Evidence from the Life Satisfaction Gap between the Public and the Private Sector', Journal of Human Resources, 45 (4), 998-1045. -- Luechinger, Simon and Paul A. Raschky (2009), 'Valuing Flood Disasters Using the Life Satisfaction Approach', Journal of Public Economics, 93 (3-4), 620-33. -- MacKerron, George and Susana Mourato (2009), 'Life Satisfaction and Air Quality in London', Ecological Economics, 68 (5), 1441-53. -- Meier, Stephan and Alois Stutzer (2008), 'Is Volunteering Rewarding in Itself?', Economica, 75 (297), 39-59. -- Oreopoulos, Philip and Kjell Salvanes (2011), 'Priceless: The Nonpecuniary Benefits of Schooling', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 25 (1), 159-84. -- Oswald, Andrew and Nattavudh Powdthavee (2008), 'Does Happiness Adapt? A Longitudinal Study of Disability with Implications for Economists and Judges', Journal of Public Economics, 92 (5-6), 1061-77. -- Oswald, Andrew and Steve Wu (2010), 'Objective Confirmation of Subjective Measures of Human Well-being: Evidence from the USA', Science, 327 (5965), 576-79. -- Pischke, Jorn-Steffen (2011), 'Money and Happiness: Evidence from the Industry Wage Structure', NBER Working Papers No. 17056, available at: ssrn.com/abstract=1841293. -- Powdthavee, Nattavudh (2008), 'Putting a Price Tag on Friends, Relatives, and Neighbours: Using Surveys of Life Satisfaction to Value Social Relationships', Journal of Socio-Economics, 37 (4), 1459-80. -- van Praag, Bernard M.S. and Ada Ferrer-i-Carbonell (2004), Happiness Quantified - A Satisfaction Calculus Approach, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- Sarracino, Francesco (2010), 'Social Capital and Subjective Well-Being Trends: Comparing 11 Western European Countries', Journal of Socio- Economics, 39 (4), 482-517
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Alesina, Alberto, Rafael Di Tella and Robert MacCulloch (2004), 'Inequality and Happiness: Are Europeans and Americans Different?', Journal of Public Economics, 88, 2009-42. -- Ambrey, Christopher L. and Christopher M. Fleming (2011), 'Valuing Scenic Amenity Using Life Satisfaction Data', Ecological Economics, 72, 106-15. -- Baetschmann, Gregori, Kevin E. Staub and Rainer Winkelmann (2011), 'Consistent Estimation of the Fixed Effects Ordered Logit Model', IZA Discussion Paper No. 5443, available at: ssrn.com/abstract=1745718. -- Bartolini, Stefano (2012), 'Sociability Predicts Happiness in Nations: Evidence from Macro and Micro Data', forthcoming in Stefano Bartolini (ed), Policies for Happiness, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- Booth, Philip (ed) (2012), ... and the Pursuit of Happiness: Wellbeing and the Role of Government, London: Institute of Economic Affairs. -- Bruni, Luigino and Pier Luigi Porta (eds) (2005), Economics and Happiness: Framing the Analysis, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- Bruni, Luigino and Pier Luigi Porta (eds) (2007), Handbook on the Economics of Happiness, Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar. -- Carroll, Nick, Paul Frijters and Michael A. Shields (2009), 'Quantifying the Costs of Drought: New Evidence from Life Satisfaction Data', Journal of Population Economics, 22 (2), 445-61. -- Cattaneo, Matias D., Sebastian Galiani, Paul J. Gertler, Sebastian Martinez and Rocio Titiunik (2009), 'Housing, Health, and Happiness', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 1 (1), 75-105. -- Clark, Andrew E. (2003), 'Unemployment as a Social Norm: Psychological Evidence from Panel Data', Journal of Labor Economics, 21 (2), 323-51. -- Clark, Andrew E. (2006), 'A Note on Unhappiness and Unemployment Duration', Applied Economics Quarterly, 52 (4), 291-308. -- Clark, Andrew, Yannis Georgellis and Peter Sanfey (2001), 'Scarring: The Psychological Impact of Past Unemployment', Economica, 68 (270), 221-41. -- Clark, Andrew and Claudia Senik (2010), 'Who Compares to Whom? The Anatomy of Income Comparisons in Europe', Economic Journal, 120 (544), 573-94. -- Diener, Ed and Micaela Y. Chan (2011), 'Happy People Live Longer: Subjective Well-Being Contributes to Health and Longevity', Applied Psychology: Health and Well-Being, 3 (1), 1-43. -- Diener, Ed, John F. Helliwell and Daniel Kahneman (2010), International Differences in Well-Being, New York: Oxford University Press. -- Di Tella, Rafael and Robert MacCulloch (2006), 'Some Uses of Happiness Data in Economics', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 20 (1), 25-46. -- Dolan, Paul and Robert Metcalfe (2008), 'Comparing Willingness-to-Pay and Subjective Well-Being in the Context of Non-Market Goods', Centre for Economic Performance Discussion Paper No. 0890, available at: cep.lse.ac.uk/pubs/download/dp0890.pdf. -- Dolan, Paul, Tessa Peasgood and Mathew White (2008), 'Do We Really Know What Makes Us Happy? A Review of the Economic Literature on the Factors Associated with Subjective Well-Being', Journal of Economic Psychology, 29 (1), 94-122. -- Easterlin, Richard A. (ed) (2002), Happiness in Economics, Cheltenham: Edward Elgar. -- Ferrer-i-Carbonell, Ada and Paul Frijters (2004), 'How Important is Methodology for the Estimates of the Determinants of Happiness?', Economic Journal, 114 (497), 641-59
    Kurzfassung: Stiglitz, Joseph E. et al. (2009), 'Report by the Commission on the Measurement of Economic Performance and Social Progress', available at: www.stiglitz-sen-fitoussi.fr. -- Stone, Arthur, Saul Shiffman and Marten DeVries (1999), 'Ecological Momentary Assessment', in Daniel Kahneman, Ed Diener and Norbert Schwarz (eds), Well-Being: The Foundations of Hedonic Psychology, New York, NY: Russell Sage Foundation, 26-39. -- Stutzer, Alois and Bruno S. Frey (2008), 'Stress that Doesn't Pay: The Commuting Paradox', Scandinavian Journal of Economics, 110 (2), 339-66. -- Stutzer, Alois and Bruno S. Frey (2010), 'Recent Advances in the Economics of Individual Subjective Well-Being', Social Research: An International Quarterly, 77 (2), 679-714. -- Stutzer, Alois and Rafael Lalive (2004), 'The Role of Social Work Norms in Job Searching and Subjective Well-Being', Journal of the European Economic Association, 2 (4), 696-719. -- Welsch, Heinz (2006), 'Environment and Happiness: Valuation of Air Pollution Using Life Satisfaction Data', Ecological Economics, 58 (4), 801-13. -- Wolfers, Justin (2003), 'Is Business Cycle Volatility Costly? Evidence from Surveys of Subjective Well-Being', International Finance, 6 (1), 1-26. -- Bruno S. Frey and Alois Stutzer (2002), 'What Can Economists Learn from Happiness Research?', Journal of Economic Literature, 40 (2), June, 402-35 -- Daniel Kahneman and Alan B. Krueger (2006), 'Developments in the Measurement of Subjective Well-Being', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 20 (1), Winter, 3-24 -- Mark Kelman (2005), 'Hedonic Psychology and the Ambiguities of "Welfare', Philosophy and Public Affairs, 33 (4), September, 391-412 -- Andrew E. Clark, Paul Frijters and Michael A. Shields (2008), 'Relative Income, Happiness, and Utility: An Explanation for the Easterlin Paradox and Other Puzzles', Journal of Economic Literature, 46 (1), March, 95-144 -- Betsey Stevenson and Justin Wolfers (2008), 'Economic Growth and Subjective Well-Being: Reassessing the Easterlin Paradox', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 39 (1), Spring, 1-87 -- Richard A. Easterlin, Laura Angelescu McVey, Malgorzata Switek, Onnicha Sawangfa and Jacqueline Smith Zweig (2010), 'The Happiness-Income Paradox Revisited', Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 107 (52), December, 22463-68 -- Erzo F.P. Luttmer (2005), 'Neighbors as Negatives: Relative Earnings and Well-Being', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 120 (3), August, 963-1002 -- Alois Stutzer (2004), 'The Role of Income Aspirations in Individual Happiness', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 54 (1), May, 89-109 -- Rafael Di Tella, Robert J. MacCulloch and Andrew J. Oswald (2003), 'The Macroeconomics of Happiness', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (4), November, 809-27 -- John F. Helliwell and Robert D. Putnam (2004), 'The Social Context of Well-Being', Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, Series B. Biological Sciences, 359 (1449), September, 1435-46 -- Leonardo Becchetti, Alessandra Pelloni and Fiammetta Rossetti (2008), 'Relational Goods, Sociability, and Happiness', Kyklos, 61 (3), August, 343-63 -- Angus Deaton (2008), 'Income, Health, and Well-Being Around the World: Evidence from the Gallup World Poll', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 22 (2), Spring, 53-72
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 7
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781782549062
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 447 p) , ill
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Principles and standards for benefit-cost analysis
    DDC: 658.1554
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Kosten-Nutzen-Analyse ; Standard ; Großbritannien ; Cost effectiveness ; Value analysis (Cost control) ; Electronic books ; Kosten-Nutzen-Analyse ; Nutzwertanalyse ; Wirtschaftlichkeitsrechnung
    Kurzfassung: 1. An assessment of important issues concerning the application of benefit-cost analysis to social policy / Aidan R. Vining and David L. Weimer -- 2. Toward standardization of benefit-cost analysis of early childhood interventions / Lynn A. Karoly -- 3. Principles and standards for benefit-cost analysis of public health preparedness and pandemic mitigation programs / Joseph H. Cook -- 4. Principles and standards for the benefit-cost analysis of crime / John R. Lott, Jr. -- 5. Towards principles and standards for the benefit-cost analysis of safety / Scott Farrow and W. Kip Viscusi -- 6. Developing general equilibrium benefit analyses for social programs : an introduction and example / H. Allen Klaiber and V. Kerry Smith -- 7. Appropriate discounting for benefit-cost analysis / David F. Burgess and Richard O. Zerbe, Jr. -- 8. Ethical benefit-cost analysis as art and science : ten rules for benefit-cost analysis / Richard O. Zerbe, Jr. -- 9. Incorporating distributional issues into benefit-cost analysis : why, how, and two empirical examples using non-market valuation / John B. Loomis -- 10. Behavioral economics and the conduct of benefit-cost analysis : towards principles and standards / Lisa A. Robinson and James K. Hammitt -- 11. Conclusion : principles and standards for benefit-cost analysis / Richard O. Zerbe, Jr., Tyler Blake Davis, Nancy Garland and Tyler Scott.
    Kurzfassung: This book is a superb textbook treatment of benefitcost analysis. It is well designed for students in public policy, public administration, public health, social work, environmental affairs, law and business. John D. Graham, Indiana University, US Principles and Standards for Benefit-Cost Analysis is well worth reading. The volume reproduces some chapters previously published online in the Journal of Benefit-Cost Analysis alongside new material that has not yet appeared in print, and does so in a logical and appealing way. Even the several chapters with which I disagreed made me think hard about my own views. And thinking hard is a good thing! Paul R. Portney, University of Arizona, US Benefit-cost analysis informs which policies or programs most benefit society when implemented by governments and institutions around the world. This volume brings together leading researchers and practitioners to recommend strategies and standards to improve the consistency and credibility of such analyses, assisting analysts of all types in achieving a greater uniformity of practice. Although new analytical approaches are constantly being used and tested, this book supports the emergence of a professional culture adhering to a set of principles and standards that can be used to identify useful analytical processes and to discard less useful ones. Contributors to this volume come from a wide variety of backgrounds and include authors of leading textbooks, editors of journals, former government officials, and practitioners whose analyses have shaped decisions about education, the environment, security, income distribution, and other vital social and economic policies. Students and professors of public sector economics will find much of interest in this groundbreaking book. Practitioners working in government, non-profit organizations, and international institutions, including welfare economists, policy analysts, environmentalists, engineers, and others will also benefit from this volumes sophisticated and practical recommendations
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 8
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781781007907
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 560 p) , ill
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Elgar original reference
    Paralleltitel: Available in another form
    Schlagwort(e): Energy policy ; Power resources ; Climatic changes ; International cooperation ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: pt. I. Introduction -- pt. II. Energy security issues -- pt. III. Security of energy supply -- pt. IV. Security of energy demand -- pt. V. Energy, the environment and security -- pt. VI. Energy and human security -- pt. VII. Conclusions.
    Kurzfassung: This Handbook should be consulted by anybody interested in the issue of energy security. It convincingly demonstrates why the provision of energy is such a contentious issue, addressing the complex interaction of economic, social, environmental, technical and political aspects involved. The book is particularly valuable in investigating and highlighting processes in which (inter)national actors apply this variety of aspects in (re)constructing their notion of "energy security", its particular meaning and the implications thereof. Such understanding of energy security is helpful! Aad F. Correljé, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands Energy security has for long been treated as an issue of pure geopolitics. Hugh Dyer and Maria Julia Trombetta aim at broadening energy security debates and extend them to new agendas. Their excellent Handbook offers a fresh perspective on four crucial dimensions: supply, demand, environment and human security. A diverse group of international energy scholars provides for an in-depth and comprehensive analysis of key contemporary energy problems, ranging from an oil producers perspectives on energy security to ethical dimensions of renewable energy and climate governance. Andreas Goldthau, Central European University, Hungary This Handbook brings together energy security experts to explore the implications of framing the energy debate in security terms, both in respect of the governance of energy systems and the practices associated with energy security. The contributors expertly review and analyse the key aspects and research issues in the emerging field of energy security, test the current state of knowledge, and provide suggestions for reflection and further analysis. This involves providing an account of the multiplicity of discourses and meanings of energy security, and contextualizing them. They also suggest a rewriting of energy security discourses and their representation in purely economic terms. This volume examines energy security and its conceptual and practical challenges from the perspectives of security of supply, security of demand, environmental change and human security. It will prove essential for students in the fields of global, international and national politics of energy, economics, and society as well as engineering. It will also appeal to policy practitioners and anybody interested in keeping the lights on, avoiding climate change, and providing a secure future for humanity
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 9
    ISBN: 9781781005927
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (392 p)
    Serie: New horizons in management
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Available in another form
    Schlagwort(e): Communication in organizations ; Voice (Philosophy) ; Whistle blowing ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This book examines the decision to speak out in organizations or to keep silent, the roles of fear and courage, and why increasing valid information and truth is central to individual and organizational health. Employees in organizations face countless daily situations in which they make a choice to speak up, exercise voice, or remain silent. Too many choose to remain silent. Others only tell supervisors what they want to hear, becoming 'yes' men and women. Expressing one's voice increases individual health and well-being and enhances learning, quality and timeliness of decision making, work engagement, and ultimately team and organizational success. This volume, containing chapters by international researchers, examines the causes and consequences of exercising voice and ways individuals and organizations can support voice in the workplace. Including contributors who are internationally recognized academics from a range of countries, this book will prove to be an essential resource for scholars and students in the field of human resource management
    Kurzfassung: pt. I. Voice in organizations : an introduction -- pt. II. Voice and important outcomes -- pt. III. Encouraging and supporting a voice -- pt. IV. Important new voices -- pt. V. Courage and voice
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 10
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784710453
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Recent developments in exchange rate economics
    Schlagwort(e): Finanzmarkttheorie des Wechselkurses ; Foreign exchange ; Foreign exchange rates ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Professor Taylor and Professor Manzur offer in this volume a selection of published articles by leading scholars which are representative of recent key developments in this area of study. With an initial look at earlier papers which lay the groundwork for more recent research, the collection investigates three broad areas, namely, monetary policy and exchange rates, monetary unification, and exchange rates and commodity prices. With an authoritative introduction by these two leading specialists in the field, the collection is an essential reference source for students, researchers and lecturers in international finance and for policymakers
    Kurzfassung: Eduardo Levy Yeyati, Federico Sturzenegger and Iliana Reggio (2010), 'On the Endogeneity of Exchange Rate Regimes', European Economic Review, 54 (5), July, 659-77 580 -- Yu-chin Chen and Kenneth Rogoff (2003), 'Commodity Currencies', Journal of International Economics, 60 (1), May, 133-60 -- Christian Broda (2004), 'Terms of Trade and Exchange Rate Regimes in Developing Countries', Journal of International Economics, 63 (1), May, 31-58 -- Paul Cashin, Luis F. Céspedes and Ratna Sahay (2004), 'Commodity Currencies and the Real Exchange Rate', Journal of Development Economics, 75 (1), October, 239-68 -- Harry Bloch, A. Michael Dockery and David Sapsford (2006), 'Commodity Prices and the Dynamics of Inflation in Commodity-Exporting Nations: Evidence from Australia and Canada', Economic Record, 82 (Special Issue), September, S97-S109 -- Kenneth W. Clements and Renée Fry (2008), 'Commodity Currencies and Currency Commodities', Resources Policy, 33 (2), June, 55-73 -- Radhamés A. Lizardo and André V. Mollick (2010), 'Oil Price Fluctuations and U.S. Dollar Exchange Rates', Energy Economics, 32 (2), March, 399-408 -- Ramazan Sari, Shawkat Hammoudeh and Ugur Soytas (2010), 'Dynamics of Oil Price, Precious Metal Prices, and Exchange Rate', Energy Economics, 32 (2), March, 351-62 -- Yu-Chin Chen, Kenneth S. Rogoff and Barbara Rossi (2010), 'Can Exchange Rates Forecast Commodity Prices?', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 125 (3), August, 1145-94 -- David S. Jacks, Kevin H. O'Rourke and Jeffrey G. Williamson (2011), 'Commodity Price Volatility and World Market Integration since 1700', Review of Economics and Statistics, 93 (3), August, 800-813
    Kurzfassung: James R. Lothian and Mark P. Taylor (2008), 'Real Exchange Rates over the Past Two Centuries: How Important is the Harrod-Balassa- Samuelson Effect?', Economic Journal, 118 (532), October, 1742-63 -- Michael B. Devereux and Charles Engel (2003), 'Monetary Policy in the Open Economy Revisited: Price Setting and Exchange-Rate Flexibility', Review of Economic Studies, 70 (4), October, 765-83 -- Jay C. Shambaugh (2004), 'The Effect of Fixed Exchange Rates on Monetary Policy', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 119 (1), February, 301-52 -- Jordi Galí and Tommaso Monacelli (2005), 'Monetary Policy and Exchange Rate Volatility in a Small Open Economy', Review of Economic Studies, 72 (3), July, 707-34 -- Jean Imbs, Haroon Mumtaz, Morten O. Ravn and Hélène Rey (2005), 'PPP Strikes Back: Aggregation and the Real Exchange Rate', Quarterly Journal of Economics, CXX (1), February, 1-43 -- Almuth Scholl and Harald Uhlig (2008), 'New Evidence on the Puzzles: Results from Agnostic Identification on Monetary Policy and Exchange Rates', Journal of International Economics, 76 (1), September, 1-13 -- Nelson C. Mark (2009), 'Changing Monetary Policy Rules, Learning, and Real Exchange Rate Dynamics', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 41 (6), September, 1047-70 -- Bianca De Paoli (2009), 'Monetary Policy and Welfare in a Small Open Economy', Journal of International Economics, 77 (1), February, 11-22 -- Frédérique Bec, Mélika Ben Salem and Marine Carrasco (2010), 'Detecting Mean Reversion in Real Exchange Rates from a Multiple Regime STAR Model', Annals of Economics and Statistics, 99/100, July/December, 395-427 -- José Antonio Rodríguez-López (2011), 'Prices and Exchange Rates: A Theory of Disconnect', Review of Economic Studies, 78 (3), July, 1135-77 -- Alberto Alesina and Robert J. Barro (2002), 'Currency Unions', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 117 (2), May, 409-36 -- Jeffrey Frankel and Andrew Rose (2002), 'An Estimate of the Effect of Common Currencies on Trade and Income', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 117 (2), May, 437-66 -- Pierpaolo Benigno (2004), 'Optimal Monetary Policy in a Currency Area', Journal of International Economics, 63 (2), July, 293-320 -- David Fielding and Kalvinder Shields (2005), 'Do Currency Unions Deliver More Economic Integration than Fixed Exchange Rates? Evidence from the Franc Zone and the ECCU', Journal of Development Studies, 41 (6), August, 1051-70 -- Barry Eichengreen (2006), 'The Parallel-Currency Approach to Asian Monetary Integration', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 96 (2), May, 432-6 -- John H. Rogers (2007), 'Monetary Union, Price Level Convergence, and Inflation: How Close is Europe to the USA?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 54 (3), April, 785-96 -- George Selgin and David VanHoose (2007), 'The Euro and World Inflation', Oxford Economic Papers, 59 (2), April, 171-93 -- Helge Berger and Volker Nitsch (2008), 'Zooming Out: The Trade Effect of the Euro in Historical Perspective', Journal of International Money and Finance, 27 (8), December, 1244-60 -- Thomas D. Willett, Orawan Permpoon and Clas Wihlborg (2010), 'Endogenous OCA Analysis and the Early Euro Experience', World Economy, 33 (7), July, 851-72
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Bec, F., M. Ben Salem and A. Rahbek (2008), 'Purchasing power parity: a nonlinear perspective', Economics Bulletin, 6, 1-6. -- Bergin, P. (2003), 'Putting the "New Open Economy Macroeconomics" to a test', Journal of International Economics, 60, 3-34. -- Cooper, R. (1984), 'A monetary system for the future', Foreign Affairs, 63, 166-184. -- Dornbusch, R. (1976), 'Expectations and exchange rate dynamics', Journal of Political Economy, 84, 1161-1176. -- Flood, R. and A. Rose (1999), 'Understanding exchange rate volatility without the contrivance of macroeconomics', Economic Journal, 109, 660-672. -- Frankel, J. and A. Rose (1998), 'The endogeneity of Optimum Currency Area criteria', Economic Journal, 108, 1009-1025. -- Friedman, M. (1953), 'The case for flexible exchange rates', in Essays in Positive Economics, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, pp. 157-203. -- Gadea, M., A. Montanes and M. Reyes (2004), 'The European Union currencies and the US dollar: from post-Bretton-Woods to the euro', Journal of International Money and Finance, 23, 1109-1136. -- Justiniano, A. and B. Preston (2010), 'Monetary policy and uncertainty in an empirical small open economy', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 25, 93-128. -- Obstfeld, M. and K. Rogoff (1995), 'Exchange rate dynamics redux', Journal of Political Economy, 103, 624-660. -- Rogoff, K. (1996), 'The purchasing power parity puzzle', Journal of Economic Literature, 34, 647-668. -- Wali, M. and M. Manzur (2013), 'Exchange rate volatility before and after the float', World Economy forthcoming. -- Williamson, J. (1993), 'Exchange rate management', Economic Journal, 103, 188-197. -- W.E.G. Salter (1959), 'Internal and External Balance: The Role of Price and Expenditure Effects', Economic Record, 35 (71), August, 226-38 -- T.W. Swan (1960), 'Economic Control in a Dependent Economy', Economic Record, 36 (73), March, 51-66 -- Robert A. Mundell (1961), 'A Theory of Optimum Currency Areas', American Economic Review, 51 (4), September, 657-65 -- Benjamin J. Cohen (1963), 'The Euro-Dollar, the Common Market, and Currency Unification', Journal of Finance, XVIII (4), December, 605-21 -- Kenneth Rogoff (2001), 'Why Not a Global Currency?', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 91 (2), May, 243-7 -- John B. Taylor (2001), 'The Role of the Exchange Rate in Monetary-Policy Rules', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 91 (2), May, 263-7 -- Charles Engel and Kenneth D. West (2005), 'Exchange Rates and Fundamentals', Journal of Political Economy, 113 (3), June, 485-517
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 11
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784710422
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als The economics of social institutions
    Schlagwort(e): Institutionenökonomik ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Social institutions Economic aspects ; Institutional economics ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: The economics of social institutions has been a well-established research field for over a century, one that continues to expand and to develop new areas of investigation. Here Professor Davis and Dr Christoforou bring together in one easily accessible volume the most significant contributions by leading figures in this area. The volume provides a comprehensive review of the origins and development of the economics of social institutions and addresses the main theoretical and policy concerns that have occupied scholars and researchers. With an insightful original introduction by the editors, this collection is a key resource which will make an invaluable contribution to advancing future thinking in this evolving area of study
    Kurzfassung: Paul J. DiMaggio and Walter W. Powell (1983), 'The Iron Cage Revisited: Institutional Isomorphism and Collective Rationality in Organizational Fields', American Sociological Review, 48 (2), April, 147-60 -- Claude Ménard (1995), 'Markets as Institutions versus Organizations as Markets? Disentangling Some Fundamental Concepts', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 28 (2), October, 161-82 -- Richard A. Posner (2010), 'From the New Institutional Economics to Organization Economics: With Applications to Corporate Governance, Government Agencies, and Legal Institutions', Journal of Institutional Economics, 6 (1), March, 1-37 -- Richard Steinberg (1997), 'Overall Evaluation of Economic Theories', Voluntas, 8 (2), 179-204 -- Frederic L. Pryor (1983), 'The Economics of Production Cooperatives: A Reader's Guide', Annals of Public and Cooperative Economics, 54 (2), April, 133-72 -- Chris Mason, James Kirkbride and David Bryde (2007), 'From Stakeholders to Institutions: The Changing Face of Social Enterprise Governance Theory', Management Decision, 45 (2), 284-301 -- Giulia Galera and Carlo Borzaga (2009), 'Social Enterprise: An International Overview of its Conceptual Evolution and Legal Implementation', Social Enterprise Journal, 5 (3), 210-28
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Adelman, I. and C. T. Morris (1967), Society, Politics and Economic Development, Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press. -- Evers, A. and J.-L. Laville (eds.) (2004), The Third Sector in Europe, Cheltenham: Edward Elgar. -- Lipsey, R. G., K. Carlaw, and C. Bekar (2005), Economic Transformations: General Purpose Technologies and Long-Run Economic Growth, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- Polanyi, K. (1944), The Great Transformation, New York, NY: Rinehart. -- Searle, J. R. (1990), 'Collective Intentions and Actions', in Intentions in Communication, P. Cohen, J. Morgan, and M. E. Pollack (eds.), Cambridge, MA: Bradford Books, MIT Press. -- Sen, A. K. (1999), Development as Freedom, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- Solow, R. M. (1956), 'A Contribution to the Theory of Economic Growth', The Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. 70, No. 1, pp. 65-94. -- Swan, T. W. (1956), 'Economic Growth and Capital Accumulation', The Economic Record, Vol. 32, pp. 334-61. -- Tobin, J. (1955), 'A Dynamic Aggregative Model', The Journal of Political Economy, Vol. 63, No. 2, pp. 103-15. -- Witt, U. (2006), 'Evolutionary Economics', Papers on Economics and Evolution, No. 0605, http://hdl.handle.net/10419/31834, (accessed December 19, 2012). -- Thorstein Veblen (1898), 'Why is Economics not an Evolutionary Science?', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 12 (4), July, 373-97 -- Walton H. Hamilton (1919), 'The Institutional Approach to Economic Theory', American Economic Review, 9 (1), Supplement, 309-18 -- John R. Commons (1931), 'Institutional Economics', American Economic Review, XXI (4), December, 648-57 -- Karl Polanyi (1957), 'The Economy as Instituted Process', in Karl Polanyi, Conrad M. Arensberg and Harry W. Pearson (eds), Trade and Market in the Early Empires: Economies in History and Theory, Chapter 13, New York, NY: Free Press, 243-70 -- Anne Mayhew (1987), 'The Beginnings of Institutionalism', Journal of Economic Issues, XXI (3), September, 971-98 -- Geoffrey M. Hodgson (2006), 'What Are Institutions?', Journal of Economic Issues, XL (1), March, 1-25 -- John R. Searle (2005), 'What is an Institution?', Journal of Institutional Economics, 1 (1), June, 1-22 -- Mark Granovetter (1985), 'Economic Action and Social Structure: The Problem of Embeddedness', American Journal of Sociology, 91 (3), November, 481-510 -- Fikret Adaman and Yahya M. Madra (2002), 'Theorizing the "Third Sphere": A Critique of the Persistence of the "Economistic Fallacy"', Journal of Economic Issues, XXXVI (4), December, 1045-78 -- Elinor Ostrom (2007), 'Challenges and Growth: The Development of the Interdisciplinary Field of Institutional Analysis', Journal of Institutional Economics, 3 (3), December, 239-64
    Kurzfassung: Warren J. Samuels (1995), 'The Present State of Institutional Economics', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 19 (4), August, 569-90 -- Geoffrey M. Hodgson (1998), 'The Approach of Institutional Economics', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXVI (1), March, 166-92 -- Malcolm Rutherford (2001), 'Institutional Economics: Then and Now', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 15 (3), Summer, 173-94 -- Tony Lawson (2003), 'Institutionalism: On the Need to Firm up Notions of Social Structure and the Human Subject', Journal of Economic Issues, XXXVII (1), March, 175-207 -- Douglass C. North (1991), 'Institutions', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5 (1), Winter, 97-112 -- Mancur Olson (1993), 'Dictatorship, Democracy, and Development', American Political Science Review, 87 (3), September, 567-76 -- Oliver E. Williamson (2000), 'The New Institutional Economics: Taking Stock, Looking Ahead', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXVIII (3), September, 595-613 -- Daron Acemoglu and Simon Johnson (2005), 'Unbundling Institutions', Journal of Political Economy, 113 (5), October, 949-95 -- R.H. Coase (1960), 'The Problem of Social Cost', Journal of Law and Economics, III, October, 1-44 -- K. William Kapp (1969), 'On the Nature and Significance of Social Costs', Kyklos, XXII (2), May, 334-47 -- R.C.O. Matthews (1986), 'The Economics of Institutions and the Sources of Growth', Economic Journal, 96 (384), December, 903-18 -- Dani Rodrik, Arvind Subramanian and Francesco Trebbi (2004), 'Institutions Rule: The Primacy of Institutions Over Geography and Integration in Economic Development', Journal of Economic Growth, 9 (2), June, 131-65 -- Richard G. Lipsey (2009), 'Economic Growth Related to Mutually Interdependent Institutions and Technology', Journal of Institutional Economics, 5 (3), December, 259-88 -- Ha-Joon Chang (2011), 'Institutions and Economic Development: Theory, Policy and History', Journal of Institutional Economics, 7 (4), December, 473-98 -- Viktor Vanberg and Wolfgang Kerber (1994), 'Institutional Competition among Jurisdictions: An Evolutionary Approach', Constitutional Political Economy, 5 (2), Spring/Summer, 193-219 -- Samuel Bowles (1998), 'Endogenous Preferences: The Cultural Consequences of Markets and other Economic Institutions', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXVI (1), March, 75-111 -- Masahiko Aoki (2007), 'Endogenizing Institutions and Institutional Changes', Journal of Institutional Economics, 3 (1), April, 1-31 -- Avner Greif and David D. Laitin (2004), 'A Theory of Endogenous Institutional Change', American Political Science Review, 98 (4), November, 633-52 -- Paul A. David (1994), 'Why are Institutions the "Carriers of History"?: Path Dependence and the Evolution of Conventions, Organizations and Institutions', Structural Change and Economic Dynamics, 5 (2), December, 205-20
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 12
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784714598
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in business
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Concepts of entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Entrepreneurship ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: One of the obstacles for understanding the phenomenon of entrepreneurship is the lack of integration of different assumptions, units and levels of analysis that are implicit in its many conceptualisations. This important book offers a pathway to integration by considering eight associated disciplines and theories, presenting an authoritative selection of the most significant published work on entrepreneurship from each perspective
    Kurzfassung: Mark Casson (1982), 'The Significance of the Entrepreneur', in The Entrepreneur: An Economic Theory, Second Edition, Chapter 1, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd, 9-18, references -- F.H. Knight (1921), 'Author's Preface', in Risk, Uncertainty, and Profit, New York, NY: Houghton Mifflin, vii-ix -- Israel M. Kirzner (1997), 'Entrepreneurial Discovery and the Competitive Market Process: An Austrian Approach', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXV (1), March, 60-85 -- Norris F. Krueger, Jr. (2003), 'The Cognitive Psychology of Entrepreneurship', in Zoltan J. Acs and David B. Audretsch (eds), Handbook of Entrepreneurship Research: An Interdisciplinary Survey and Introduction, Chapter 6, New York: NY: Springer Science and Business Media, Inc., 105-40 -- Joseph A. Schumpeter (1934), 'The Fundamental Phenomenon of Economic Development', in The Theory of Economic Development: An Inquiry into Profits, Capital, Credit, Interest, and the Business Cycle, Chapter 2, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 57-94 -- Richard R. Nelson and Sidney G. Winter (1982), 'Overview and Motivation', in An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change, Part I, Cambridge, MA and London, England: The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 3-48, references -- Richard R. Nelson and Sidney G. Winter (2002), 'Evolutionary Theorizing in Economics', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16 (2), Spring, 23-46 -- Bengt-Äke Lundvall and Björn Johnson (1994), 'The Learning Economy', Journal of Industry Studies, 1 (2), December, 23-42 -- William B. Gartner (1988), '"Who Is An Entrepreneur?" Is the Wrong Question', American Journal of Small Business, 12 (4), Spring, 11-32 -- Patricia H. Thornton (1999), 'The Sociology of Entrepreneurship', Annual Review of Sociology, 25, August, 19-46 -- Paul Reynolds, Niels Bosma, Erkko Autio, Steve Hunt, Natalie De Bono, Isabel Servais, Paloma Lopez-Garcia and Nancy Chin (2005), 'Global Entrepreneurship Monitor: Data Collection Design and Implementation 1998-2003', Small Business Economics, 24 (3), April, 205-31 -- William B. Gartner, Nancy M. Carter and Paul D. Reynolds (2010), 'Entrepreneurial Behavior: Firm Organizing Processes', in Zoltan J. Acs and David B. Audretsch (eds), Handbook of Entrepreneurship Research: An Interdisciplinary Survey and Introduction, Second Edition, Chapter 5, New York: NY: Springer Science and Business Media, Inc., 99-127 -- Michael T. Hannan and John Freeman (1977), 'The Population Ecology of Organizations', American Journal of Sociology, 82 (5), March, 929-64 -- Julian Birkinshaw (1997), 'Entrepreneurship in Multinational Corporations: The Characteristics of Subsidiary Initiatives', Strategic Management Journal, 18 (3), March, 207-29 -- Robert A. Burgelman (1983), 'A Process Model of Internal Corporate Venturing in the Diversified Major Firm', Administrative Science Quarterly, 28 (2), June, 223-44 -- Gary Hamel (1999), 'Bringing Silicon Valley Inside', Harvard Business Review, 77 (5), September-October, 71-84, reset -- Rosabeth Moss Kanter (1982), 'The Middle Manager as Innovator', Harvard Business Review, 60 (4), July-August, 95-105, reset -- William A. Brock and David S. Evans (1989), 'Small Business Economics', Small Business Economics, 1 (1), March, 7-20 -- David B. Audretsch (2004), 'Sustaining Innovation and Growth: Public Policy Support for Entrepreneurship', Industry and Innovation, 11 (3), 167-91
    Kurzfassung: Navdi, K. 1995, 'Industrial Clusters and Networks: Case Studies of SME Growth and Innovation', UNIDO, 1-7. -- Nelson, R. and S. Winter (1982), An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. -- OECD (1998), Fostering Entrepreneurship, Paris: OECD. -- OECD (1999), Boosting Innovation: The Cluster Approach, Paris: OECD Proceedings, http://www. oecd.org/cfe/, accessed April 2013. -- OECD (2001), Enhancing SME Competitiveness. The OECD Bologna Ministerial Conference, Paris: OECD-DATAR, http://www.oecd.org/cfe/, accessed April 2013. -- OECD (2002), International Conference on Territorial Development: Local Clusters, Restructuring Territories, and Environment-Enterprises-Districts, Paris, France: OECD-DATAR. -- Reynolds, P.D. and S.B. White (1997), The Entrepreneurial Process. Economic Growth, Men, Women, and Minorities, Westport, CT: Quorum Books. -- Rocha, H.O. (2004), 'Entrepreneurship and Development: the Role of Clusters. A Literature Review', Small Business Economics, 23, 363-400. -- Sassmannshausen, S.P. (2012), '99 entrepreneurship journals - A comparative empirical investigation of rankings, impace, and H/HCindex', Schumpeter Discussion Papers, no. 2012-002, http//:nbn- resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:49-20120217-160358-9.pdf, accessed April 2013. -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1934), The Theory of Economic Development, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. -- Scott, W.R. (1998), Organizations: Rational, Natural and Open Systems, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. -- Shane, S. (2003), A General Theory of Entrepreneurship. The Individual-Opportunity Nexus, Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar. -- Shane, S. and S. Venkataraman (2000), 'The Promise of Entrepreneurship as a Field of Research', Academy of Management Review, 25, 217-26. -- Sorenson, O. and T.E. Stuart (2008), 'Entrepreneurship: A Field of Dreams?', Academy of Management Annals, 2 (1), 517-43. -- Venkataraman, S. (1997), 'The Distinctive Domain of Entrepreneurship Research', in J. Katz and J. Brockhaus (eds), Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence, and Growth, Greenwich, CT: JAI Press. -- Whetten, D.A. (1989), 'What Constitutes a Theoretical Contribution?', Academy of Management Review, 14, 490-95. -- Wiklund, J., P. Davidsson, D.B. Audretsch and C. Karlsson (2011), 'The Future of Entrepreneurship Research', Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 35 (1), 1-9. -- Zahra, S. and G. Dess (2001), 'Entrepreneurship as a Field of Research: Encouraging Dialogue and Debate', Academy of Management Review, 26 (1), 8-10. -- Hector Rocha and Julian Birkinshaw (2007), 'Entrepreneurship Safari: A Phenomenon-Driven Search for Meaning', Foundations and Trends in Entrepreneurship, 3 (3), 205-55
    Kurzfassung: P.A. Geroski (1995), 'What Do We Know About Entry?', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 13 (4), December, 421-40 -- Sidney G. Winter (1984), 'Schumpeterian Competition in Alternative Technological Regimes', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 5 (3-4), September-December, 287-320 -- Joseph A. Schumpeter (2005), 'Development', Journal of Economic Literature, XLIII (1), March, 108-20 -- Paul D. Reynolds (1999), 'Creative Destruction: Source or Symptom of Economic Growth?', in Zoltan J. Acs, Bo Carlsson and Charlie Karlsson (eds), Entrepreneurship, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises and the Macroeconomy, Chapter 4, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 97-136 -- Paul D. Reynolds, Brenda Miller and Wilbur R. Maki (1995), 'Explaining Regional Variation in Business Births and Deaths: U.S. 1976-88', Small Business Economics, 7 (5), October, 389-407 -- Magnus Henrekson and Dan Johansson (1999), 'Institutional Effects on the Evolution of the Size Distribution of Firms', Small Business Economics, 12 (1), February, 11-23 -- Brett Anitra Gilbert, David B. Audretsch and Patricia P. McDougall (2004), 'The Emergence of Entrepreneurship Policy', Small Business Economics, 22 (3-4), April, 313-23 -- Zoltan J. Acs and Laszlo Szerb (2007), 'Entrepreneurship, Economic Growth and Public Policy', Small Business Economics, 28 (2-3), March, 109-22 -- André van Stel, David J. Storey and A. Roy Thurik (2007), 'The Effect of Business Regulations on Nascent and Young Business Entrepreneurship', Small Business Economics, 28 (2-3), March, 171-86
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Aristotle (1984), 'Metaphysics', in J. Barnes (ed.), The Complete Works of Aristotle. The Revised Oxford Translation, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, pp. 1552-728. -- Baum,, J.A.C. and T.J. Rowley (2002), 'Companion to Organizations: An Introduction', in J.A.C. Baum (ed.), Companion to Organizations, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, pp. 1-34. -- Birch,, D.A. (1981), 'Who Creates Jobs?', The Public Interest, 65, 3-14. -- Blaug,, M. (1997), Economic Theory in Retrospect, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- Brush,, C.G., I.M. Duhaime, W.B. Gartner, A. Stewart, J.A Katz, M.A. Hitt, S.A. Alvarez, G.D. Meyer and S. Venkataraman (2003), 'Doctoral Education in the Field of Entrepreneurship', Journal of Management, 29 (3), 309-31. -- Busenitz, L.W., I. West, G. Page, D. Shepherd, T. Nelson, G.N. Chandler and A. Zacharakis (2003), 'Entrepreneurship Research in Emergence: Past Trends and Future Directions', Journal of Management, 29 (3), 285-308. -- Bygrave, W.D. (2004), 'Financing Entrepreneurs and Their Ventures', in P.D. Reynolds, W.D. Bygrave, E. Autio, et al. (eds), GEM Global 2003 Executive Report, Babson College and London Business School, pp. 57-61. -- Ceglie, G. and M. Dini (1999), 'SMEs Clusters and Network Development in Developing Countries: The Experience of UNIDO', UNIDO - Private Sector Development Branch, Working paper no. 2, 1-25. -- Caree, M.A. and R.A. Thurik (2003), 'The Impact of Entrepreneurship on Economic Growth', in Z.J. Acs and D.B. Audretsch (eds), Handbook of Entrepreneurship Research. An Interdisciplinary Survey and Introduction, Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publishers, pp. 437-72. -- Cooper, A.C. and W.C. Dunkelberg (1987), 'Entrepreneurial Research: Old Questions, New Answers, and Methodological Issues', American Journal of Small Business, 11, 11-23. -- European Commission (2003), http://ec.europa.eu/cip/eip/promotion-entrepreneurship/index_en.htm, accessed April 2013. -- Global Entrepreneurship Monitor, www.gemconsortium.org, accessed April 2013. -- Hannan, M.T. and J. Freeman (1989), Organizational Ecology, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. -- Harper, D.A. (2004), Foundations of Entrepreneurship and Economic Development, London: Routledge. -- Haug, P. (1995), 'Formation of Biotechnology Firms in the Greater Seattle Region: An Empirical Investigation of Entrepreneurial, Financial, and Educational Perspectives', Environment and Planning A, 27, 249-67. -- Kantis, H., M. Ishida and M. Komori (2002), 'Entrepreneurship in Emerging Economies: The Creation and Development of New Firms in Latin America and East Asia', Inter-american Development Bank, 1-123. -- Kelley, D., S. Singer and M. Herrington (2012), GEM 2011 Global Report, Retrieved April, 2. -- Low, M.B. (2001), 'The Adolescence of Entrepreneurship Research: Specification of Purpose', Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 25, 17-26. -- Low, M.B. and I.C. MacMillan (1988), 'Entrepreneurship: Past Research and Future Challenges', Journal of Management, 14, 139-61. -- Mintzberg, H., B. Ahlstrand and J. Lampel (1998), Strategy Safari. A Guided Tour Through the Wilds of Strategic Management, New York: The Free Press
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 13
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784714550
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in business
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial failure
    DDC: 658.421
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Entrepreneurship ; Business failures ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Entrepreneurs act in environments of great risk and high uncertainty, and as a result, failure is a common occurrence. Professor Shepherd has made a judicious selection of published articles, which explore the antecedents to and potential outcomes of entrepreneurial failure. By understanding these causes and consequences, entrepreneurs may become better able to manage failure, to reduce its costs and to capitalize on its benefits
    Kurzfassung: Dean A. Shepherd (2009), 'Grief Recovery from the Loss of a Family Business: A Multi- and Meso-Level Theory', Journal of Business Venturing, 24 (1), January, 81-97 -- Jason Cope (2011), 'Entrepreneurial Learning from Failure: An Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis', Journal of Business Venturing, 26 (6), November, 604-23 -- Dean A. Shepherd and Melissa S. Cardon (2009), 'Negative Emotional Reactions to Project Failure and the Self-Compassion to Learn from the Experience', Journal of Management Studies, 46 (6), September, 923-49 -- Dean A. Shepherd, Jeffrey G. Covin and Donald F. Kuratko (2009), 'Project Failure from Corporate Entrepreneurship: Managing the Grief Process', Journal of Business Venturing, 24 (6), November, 588-600 -- Dean A. Shepherd, Holger Patzelt and Marcus Wolfe (2011), 'Moving Forward from Project Failure: Negative Emotions, Affective Commitment, and Learning from the Experience', Academy of Management Journal, 54 (6), December, 1229-59 -- Andrew C. Corbett, Heidi M. Neck and Dawn R. DeTienne (2007), 'How Corporate Entrepreneurs Learn from Fledgling Innovation Initiatives: Cognition and the Development of a Termination Script', Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 31 (6), November, 829-52 -- Robert I. Sutton and Anita L. Callahan (1987), 'The Stigma of Bankruptcy: Spoiled Organizational Image and Its Management', Academy of Management Journal, 30 (3), September, 405-436 -- Dean A. Shepherd and J. Michael Haynie (2011), 'Venture Failure, Stigma, and Impression Management: A Self-Verification, Self-Determination View', Strategic Entrepreneurship Journal, 5 (2), June, 178-97 -- Andrew L. Zacharakis, G. Dale Meyer and Julio DeCastro (1999), 'Differing Perceptions of New Venture Failure: A Matched Exploratory Study of Venture Capitalists and Entrepreneurs', Journal of Small Business Management, 37 (3), July, 1-14 -- Jason Cope, Frank Cave and Sue Eccles (2004), 'Attitudes of Venture Capital Investors towards Entrepreneurs with Previous Business Failure', Venture Capital: An International Journal of Entrepreneurial Finance, 6 (2/3), April-September, 147-72 -- Javier Gimeno, Timothy B. Folta, Arnold C. Cooper and Carolyn Y. Woo (1997), 'Survival of the Fittest? Entrepreneurial Human Capital and the Persistence of Underperforming Firms', Administrative Science Quarterly, 42 (4), December, 750-83 -- Dawn R. DeTienne, Dean A. Shepherd and Julio O. De Castro (2008), 'The Fallacy of "Only the Strong Survive": The Effects of Extrinsic Motivation on the Persistence Decisions for Under-Performing Firms', Journal of Business Venturing, 23 (5), September, 528-46 -- Dean A. Shepherd, Johan Wiklund and J. Michael Haynie (2009), 'Moving Forward: Balancing the Financial and Emotional Costs of Business Failure', Journal of Business Venturing, 24 (2), March, 134-48 -- Seung-Hyun Lee, Mike W. Peng and Jay B. Barney (2007), 'Bankruptcy Law and Entrepreneurship Development: A Real Options Perspective', Academy of Management Review, 32 (1), January, 257-72 -- Melissa S. Cardon, Christopher E. Stevens and D. Ryland Potter (2011), 'Misfortunes or Mistakes? Cultural Sensemaking of Entrepreneurial Failure', Journal of Business Venturing, 26 (1), January, 79-92 -- Karl Wennberg, Johan Wiklund, Dawn R. DeTienne and Melissa S. Cardon (2010), 'Reconceptualizing Entreprenuerial Exit: Divergent Exit Routes and their Drivers', Journal of Business Venturing, 25 (4), July, 361-75
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Mark Fichman and Daniel A. Levinthal (1991), 'Honeymoons and the Liability of Adolescence: A New Perspective on Duration Dependence in Social and Organizational Relationships', Academy of Management Review, 16 (2), April, 442-68 -- Anand Swaminathan (1996), 'Environmental Conditions at Founding and Organizational Mortality: A Trial-by-Fire Model', Academy of Management Journal, 39 (5), October, 1350-77 -- Steven W. Bradley, Howard Aldrich, Dean A. Shepherd and Johan Wiklund (2011), 'Resources, Environmental Change, and Survival: Asymmetric Paths of Young Independent and Subsidiary Organizations', Strategic Management Journal, 32 (5), May, 486-509 -- Stewart Thornhill and Raphael Amit (2003), 'Learning About Failure: Bankruptcy, Firm Age, and the Resource-Based View', Organization Science, 14 (5), September-October, 497-509 -- Dean A. Shepherd, Evan J. Douglas and Mark Shanley (2000), 'New Venture Survival: Ignorance, External Shocks, and Risk Reduction Strategies', Journal of Business Venturing, 15 (5-6), September- November, 393-410 -- Mathew L.A. Hayward, Dean A. Shepherd and Dale Griffin (2006), 'A Hubris Theory of Entrepreneurship', Management Science, 52 (2), February, 160-72 -- Johan Wiklund and Dean A. Shepherd (2011), 'Where to From Here? EO-as-Experimentation, Failure, and Distribution of Outcomes', Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 35 (5), September, 925-46 -- Erkki K. Laitinen (1992), 'Prediction of Failure of a Newly Founded Firm', Journal of Business Venturing, 7 (4), July, 323-40 -- Johan Wiklund, Ted Baker and Dean Shepherd (2010), 'The Age-Effect of Financial Indicators as Buffers against the Liability of Newness', Journal of Business Venturing, 25 (4), July, 423-37 -- Howard Aldrich and Ellen R. Auster (1986), 'Even Dwarfs Started Small: Liabilities of Age and Size and Their Strategic Implications', in Barry M. Staw and L.L. Cummings (eds), Research in Organizational Behavior: Volume 8, Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, Inc., 165-98 -- Josef Brüderl and Rudolf Schüssler (1990), 'Organizational Mortality: The Liabilities of Newness and Adolescence', Administrative Science Quarterly, 35 (3), September, 530-47 -- Howard E. Aldrich and Martha Argelia Martinez (2001), 'Many are Called, but Few are Chosen: An Evolutionary Perspective for the Study of Entrepreneurship', Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 25 (4), Summer, 41-56 -- Rita Gunther McGrath (1999), 'Falling Forward: Real Options Reasoning and Entrepreneurial Failure', Academy of Management Review, 24 (1), January, 13-30 -- Mark D. Cannon and Amy C. Edmondson (2005), 'Failing to Learn and Learning to Fail (Intelligently): How Great Organizations Put Failure to Work to Innovate and Improve', Long Range Planning, 38 (3), June, 299-319 -- Deniz Ucbasaran, Paul Westhead and Mike Wright (2009), 'The Extent and Nature of Opportunity Identification by Experienced Entrepreneurs', Journal of Business Venturing, 24 (2), March, 99-115 -- Deniz Ucbasaran, Paul Westhead, Mike Wright and Manuel Flores (2010), 'The Nature of Entrepreneurial Experience, Business Failure and Comparative Optimism', Journal of Business Venturing, 25 (6), November, 541-55 -- Ronald K. Mitchell, J. Robert Mitchell and J. Brock Smith (2008), 'Inside Opportunity Formation: Enterprise Failure, Cognition, and the Creation of Opportunities', Strategic Entrepreneurship Journal, 2 (3), September, 225-42 -- Ian J. Walsh and Jean M. Bartunek (2011), 'Cheating the Fates: Organizational Foundings in the Wake of Demise', Academy of Management Journal, 54 (5), October, 1017-44 -- Dean A. Shepherd (2003), 'Learning from Business Failure: Propositions of Grief Recovery for the Self-Employed', Academy of Management Review, 28 (2), April, 318-28 -- Dean A. Shepherd (2004), 'Educating Entrepreneurship Students About Emotion and Learning From Failure', Academy of Management Learning and Education, 3 (3), September, 274-87
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 14
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784713652
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in business
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Corporate citizenship
    DDC: 658.408
    Schlagwort(e): Corporate Social Responsibility ; Corporate governance ; Business ethics ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Corporate Citizenship (CC) has emerged as a widely used way of describing the role of business in wider society. As such, CC has been popular with academics, business leaders and politicians alike, as it locates the private corporation within a network of mutual responsibilities and obligations in their social environment. This title takes stock of the debate by tracing back its origin, identifying the key topics and delineating the key controversies. The book places the discussion on corporate citizenship in a political context within the wider debate on the role of business in society. In doing so, the individual chapters feature major contributions by the leading scholars in this area and provide an overview of ongoing developments, in particular at the transnational level
    Kurzfassung: Doris Fuchs (2005), 'Commanding Heights? The Strength and Fragility of Business Power in Global Politics', Millennium: Journal of International Studies, 33 (3), June, 771-801 -- Andreas Georg Scherer and Guido Palazzo (2011), 'The New Political Role of Business in a Globalized World: A Review of a New Perspective on CSR and its Implications for the Firm, Governance, and Democracy', Journal of Management Studies, 48 (4), June, 899-931 -- Stephen J. Kobrin (2009), 'Private Political Authority and Public Responsibility: Transnational Politics, Transnational Firms, and Human Rights', Business Ethics Quarterly, 19 (3), July, 349-74 -- Nien-hê Hsieh (2009), 'Does Global Business Have a Responsibility to Promote Just Institutions?', Business Ethics Quarterly, 19 (2), April, 251-73 -- David L. Levy and Daniel Egan (2000), 'Corporate Political Action in the Global Polity: National and Transnational Strategies in the Climate Change Negotiations', in Richard A. Higgott, Geoffrey R.D. Underhill and Andreas Bieler (eds), Non-State Actors and Authority in the Global System, Chapter 8, London, UK and New York, NY: Routledge, 138-53 -- Oren Perez (2011), 'Private Environmental Governance as Ensemble Regulation: A Critical Exploration of Sustainability Indexes and the New Ensemble Politics', Theoretical Inquiries in Law, 12 (2), 543-79
    Kurzfassung: Jeremy Moon (2002), 'The Social Responsibility of Business and New Governance', Government and Opposition, 37 (3), July, 385-408 -- Engin F. Isin and Bryan S. Turner (2007), 'Investigating Citizenship: An Agenda for Citizenship Studies', Citizenship Studies, 11 (1), February, 5-17 -- Andreas Georg Scherer and Guido Palazzo (2007), 'Toward a Political Conception of Corporate Responsibility: Business and Society Seen from a Habermasian Perspective', Academy of Management Review, 32 (4), October, 1096-120 -- David Antony Detomasi (2008), 'The Political Roots of Corporate Social Responsibility', Journal of Business Ethics, 82 (4), November, 807-19 -- Colin Crouch (2011), 'From Corporate Political Entanglement to Corporate Social Responsibility', in The Strange Non-Death of Neoliberalism, Chapter 6, Cambridge, UK and Malden, MA: Polity Press, 125-43, references -- Pierre-Yves Néron (2010), 'Business and the Polis: What Does it Mean to See Corporations as Political Actors?', Journal of Business Ethics, 94 (3), July, 333-52 -- John R. Boatright (2011), 'The Implications of the New Governance for Corporate Governance', in I. Pies and P. Koslowski (eds), Corporate Citizenship and New Governance, Chapter 8, Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Springer, 133-46 -- David Sadler and Stuart Lloyd (2009), 'Neo-liberalising Corporate Social Responsibility: A Political Economy of Corporate Citizenship', Geoforum, 40 (4), July, 613-22 -- Doreen McBarnet (2007), 'Corporate Social Responsibility beyond Law, through Law, for Law: The New Corporate Accountability', in Doreen McBarnet, Aurora Voiculescu and Tom Campbell (eds), The New Corporate Accountability: Corporate Social Responsibility and the Law, Chapter 1, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 9-56 -- Timothy L. Fort (1996), 'Business as Mediating Institution', Business Ethics Quarterly, 6 (2), April, 149-63 -- Steven Gerencser (2005), 'The Corporate Person and Democratic Politics', Political Research Quarterly, 58 (4), December, 625-35 -- Stephen R. Barley (2010), 'Building an Institutional Field to Corral a Government: A Case to Set an Agenda for Organization Studies', Organization Studies, 31 (6), June, 777-805 -- Saku Mantere, Kalle Pajunen and Juha-Antti Lamberg (2009), 'Vices and Virtues of Corporate Political Activity: The Challenge of International Business', Business and Society, 48 (1), March, 105-32 -- Oscar Molina and Martin Rhodes (2002), 'Corporatism: The Past, Present, and Future of a Concept', Annual Review of Political Science, 5, June, 305-31 -- Maria Gjølberg (2009), 'The Origin of Corporate Social Responsibility: Global Forces or National Legacies?', Socio-Economic Review, 7 (4), 605-37 -- Daniel T. Ostas (2007), 'The Law and Ethics of K Street: Lobbying, the First Amendment, and the Duty to Create Just Laws', Business Ethics Quarterly, 17 (1), January, 33-63 -- David Coen (1999), 'The Impact of U.S. Lobbying Practice on the European Business-Government Relationship', California Management Review, 41 (4), Summer, 27-44 -- Heather Elms and Robert A. Phillips (2009), 'Private Security Companies and Institutional Legitimacy: Corporate and Stakeholder Responsibility', Business Ethics Quarterly, 19 (3), July, 403-32, reset -- John Gerard Ruggie (2004), 'Reconstituting the Global Public Domain - Issues, Actors, and Practices', European Journal of International Relations, 10 (4), December, 499-531
    Kurzfassung: Nyberg, D., Murray, J. and Rogers, J. (2012), 'Demonizing the government: corporate political activities in the public sphere', EGOS Colloquium 2012, Helsinki. -- Richardson, J.J. and Jordan, A.G. (1979), Governing under Pressure: The Policy Process in a Post-Parliamentary Democracy, Oxford: Martin Robertson. -- Scherer, A.G. and Palazzo, G. (eds) (2008), Handbook of Research on Global Corporate Citizenship, Cheltenham: Edward Elgar. -- Scherer, A.G., Palazzo, G. and Matten, D. (2009), 'The changing role of business in a global society: new challenges and responsibilities', Business Ethics Quarterly, 19 (3), 327-47. -- Schmitter, P. and Lehmbruch, G. (1979), Trends Towards Corporatist Intermediation, Beverly Hills: Sage. -- Smith, M.A. (2000), American Business and Political Power: Public Opinion, Elections and Democracy, Chicago: University of Chicago Press. -- Stout, L.A. (2012), The Shareholder Value Myth : How Putting Shareholders First Harms Investors, Corporations, and the Public, San Francisco: Berrett-Koehler. -- Thompson, G.F. (2012), The Constitutionalization of the Global Corporate Sphere, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- Turner, B.S. (2001), 'The erosion of citizenship', British Journal of Sociology, 52 (2), 189-209. -- Vogel, D. (1989), Fluctuating Fortunes: The Political Power of Business in the USA, New York: Basic Books. -- Wilks, S. (2013), The Political Power of the Business Corporation, Cheltenham: Edward Elgar. -- Wilson, G. (1990), 'Corporations' Political Strategies', British Journal of Political Science, 20, 281-88. -- Donna J. Wood and Jeanne M. Logsdon (2001), 'Theorising Business Citizenship', in Jörg Andriof and Malcolm McIntosh (eds), Perspectives on Corporate Citizenship, Chapter 5, Sheffield, UK: Greenleaf Publishing, 83-103, references -- Andrew Crane, Dirk Matten and Jeremy Moon (2008), 'Corporations as Citizens', in Corporations and Citizenship, Chapter 2, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 17-49, references -- Andrew Crane, Dirk Matten and Jeremy Moon (2008), 'Corporations as Governments', in Corporations and Citizenship, Chapter 3, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 50-87, references -- Pierre-Yves Néron and Wayne Norman (2008), 'Citizenship, Inc.: Do We Really Want Businesses to Be Good Corporate Citizens?', Business Ethics Quarterly, 18 (1), January, 1-26 -- David J. Vogel (1996), 'The Study of Business and Politics', California Management Review, 38 (3), Spring, 146-65 -- Edwin M. Epstein (1973), 'Dimensions of Corporate Power, Pt. 1', California Management Review, XVI (2), Winter, 9-23 -- Edwin M. Epstein (1974), 'Dimensions of Corporate Power, Pt. 2', California Management Review, XVI (4), Summer, 32-47
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Bakan, J. (2004), The Corporation: The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power, New York: Free Press. -- Blecher, L. (2004), 'Above and beyond the law', Business and Society Review, 109 (4), 479-92. -- Carroll, A.B. (1991), 'The pyramid of corporate social responsibility: toward the moral management of organizational stakeholders', Business Horizons, Jul-Aug, 39-48. -- Carroll, A.B. (1998), 'The four faces of corporate citizenship', Business and Society Review, 100 (1), 1-7. -- Coen, D. and Grant, W. (2001), 'Corporate political strategy and global policy: a case study of the Transatlantic Business Dialogue', European Business Journal, 13 (1), 37-44. -- Crane, A., Matten, D. and Moon, J. (2008), Corporations and Citizenship, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- Dahl, R. and Lindblom, C. (1953), Politics, Economics and Welfare, New York: Harper. -- Fleming, P. and Jones, M.T. (2013), The End of Corporate Social Responsibility, London: Sage. -- Garriga, E. and Melé, D. (2004), 'Corporate social responsibility theories: mapping the territory', Journal of Business Ethics, 53 (1-2), 51-71. -- Hall, P.A. and Soskice, D. (eds) (2001), Varieties of Capitalism, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- Hanlon, G. and Fleming, P.P. (2009), 'Updating the critical perspective on corporate social responsibility', Sociology Compass, 3 (6), 937-48. -- Hart, D.M. (2010), 'The political theory of the firm', in D. Coen, W. Grant and G. Wilson (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Business and Government, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 173-90. -- Hillman, A.J., Keim, G.D. and Schuler, D. (2004), 'Corporate political activity: a review and research agenda', Journal of Management, 30 (6), 837-57. -- Jensen, M. and Meckling, W. (1976), 'Theory of the firm: managerial behaviour, agency costs and ownership structure', Journal of Financial Economics, 3, 305-60. -- Jensen, M.C. (2010), 'Value maximization, stakeholder theory, and the corporate objective function', Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 22 (1), 32-42. -- Lindblom, C. (1977), Politics and Markets, New York: Basic Books. -- Marshall, T.H. (1964), Class, Citizenship and Social Development, London: Heinemann. -- Matten, D. and Crane, A. (2005), 'Corporate citizenship: toward an extended theoretical conceptualization', Academy of Management Review, 30 (1), 166-79. -- McGuire, J.W. (1963), Business and Society, New York: McGraw-Hill. -- McWilliams, A. and Siegel, D. (2001), 'Corporate social responsibility: a theory of the firm perspective', Academy of Management Review, 26 (1), 117-27
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 15
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784710385
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als New developments in spatial economics and economic geography
    DDC: 338.6042
    Schlagwort(e): Regionalökonomik ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Economic geography ; Space in economics ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This volume comprises a selection of key papers which map out the latest developments in various aspects of spatial economics and economic geography. Edited by a leading authority in the field, this collection brings together papers which reflect both the depth of analysis and also the diversity of the different lines of enquiry regarding issues of Innovation and Geography, Cities and Clustering, Labour and Land Markets, and Empirics. Together these seminal pieces represent the 'state-of-the-art' in the field of spatial economics and economic geography and therefore provide an ideal base on which further analyses will build. Along with an original introduction by Professor McCann, this volume will be of relevance to academics, researchers and students interested in the field of spatial economics and economic geography
    Kurzfassung: Germà Bel and Xavier Fageda (2008), 'Getting there Fast: Globalization, Intercontinental Flights and Location of Headquarters', Journal of Economic Geography, 8 (4), 471-95 -- Bernard Fingleton and Manfred M. Fischer (2010), 'Neoclassical Theory Versus New Economic Geography: Competing Explanations of Cross-Regional Variation in Economic Development', Annals of Regional Science, 44 (3), June, 467-91 -- Andrew F. Haughwout (2002), 'Public Infrastructure Investments, Productivity and Welfare in Fixed Geographic Areas', Journal of Public Economics, 83 (3), March, 405-28 -- Patricia C. Melo, Daniel J. Graham and Robert B. Noland (2009), 'A Meta-Analysis of Estimates of Urban Agglomeration Economies', Regional Science and Urban Economics, 39 (3), May, 332-42 -- Dani Rodrik, Arvind Subramanian and Francesco Trebbi (2004), 'Institutions Rule: The Primacy of Institutions Over Geography and Integration in Economic Development', Journal of Economic Growth, 9 (2), June, 131-65
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Luc Anselin, Attila Varga and Zoltan Acs (1997), 'Local Geographic Spillovers between University Research and High Technology Innovations', Journal of Urban Economics, 42 (3), November, 422-48 -- Ron A. Boschma (2005), 'Proximity and Innovation: A Critical Assessment', Regional Studies, 39 (1), February, 61-74 -- Ron A. Boschma (2005), 'Proximity and Innovation: A Critical Assessment', Regional Studies, 39 (1), February, 61-74 -- Gerald A. Carlino, Satyajit Chatterjee and Robert M. Hunt (2007), 'Urban Density and the Rate of Invention', Journal of Urban Economics, 61 (3), May, 389-419 -- Riccardo Crescenzi, Andrés Rodríguez-Pose and Michael Storper (2007), 'The Territorial Dynamics of Innovation: A Europe-United States Comparative Analysis', Journal of Economic Geography, 7 (6), 673-709 -- Koen Frenken, Frank Van Oort and Thijs Verburg (2007), 'Related Variety, Unrelated Variety and Regional Economic Growth', Regional Studies, 41 (5), July, 685-97 -- Richard Shearmur and Mario Polèse (2007), 'Do Local Factors Explain Local Employment Growth? Evidence from Canada, 1971-2001', Regional Studies, 41 (4), June, 453-71 -- Gilles Duranton (2007), 'Urban Evolutions: The Fast, the Slow, and the Still', American Economic Review, 97 (1), March, 197-221 -- Glenn Ellison, Edward L. Glaeser and William R. Kerr (2010), 'What Causes Industry Agglomeration? Evidence from Coagglomeration Patterns', American Economic Review, 100 (3), June, 1195-213 -- Ian R. Gordon and Philip McCann (2000), 'Industrial Clusters: Complexes, Agglomeration and/or Social Networks?', Urban Studies, 37 (3), March, 513-32 -- Edward L. Glaeser and Joshua D. Gottlieb (2006), 'Urban Resurgence and the Consumer City', Urban Studies, 43 (8), July, 1275-99 -- J. Vernon Henderson and Hyoung Gun Wang (2007), 'Urbanization and City Growth: The Role of Institutions', Regional Science and Urban Economics, 37 (3), May, 283-313 -- Michael Storper and Anthony J. Venables (2004), 'Buzz: Face-to-Face Contact and the Urban Economy', Journal of Economic Geography, 4 (4), 351-70 -- Alessandra Faggian and Philip McCann (2009), 'Human Capital, Graduate Migration and Innovation in British Regions', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 33 (2), 317-33 -- Edward L. Glaeser, Joseph Gyourko and Raven E. Saks (2005), 'Why Have Housing Prices Gone Up?', American Economic Review, 95 (2), May, 329-33 -- Charlotta Mellander, Richard Florida and Kevin Stolarick (2011), 'Here to Stay - The Effects of Community Satisfaction on the Decision to Stay', Spatial Economic Analysis, 6 (1), March, 5-24 -- John M. Quigley and Steven Raphael (2005), 'Regulation and the High Cost of Housing in California', American Economic Review, 95 (2), May, 323-8 -- Jordan Rappaport (2007), 'Moving to Nice Weather', Regional Science and Urban Economics, 37 (3), May, 375-98 -- Jesse M. Shapiro (2006), 'Smart Cities: Quality of Life, Productivity, and the Growth Effects of Human Capital', Review of Economics and Statistics, 88 (2), May, 324-35 -- J. Paul Elhorst (2010), 'Applied Spatial Econometrics: Raising the Bar', Spatial Economic Analysis, 5 (1), March, 9-28
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9781782545903
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 293 p) , ill
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: New horizons in intellectual property
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Frey, Carl Benedikt Intellectual property rights and the financing of technological innovation
    Schlagwort(e): Immaterialgüterrechte ; Unternehmenspublizität ; Börsenkurs ; Asymmetrische Information ; Innovation ; Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Kreditwürdigkeit ; Pharmaindustrie ; EU-Staaten ; USA ; Intellectual property ; Technological innovations Finance ; Electronic books ; Geistiges Eigentum ; Technische Innovation ; Innovationsmanagement ; Finanzierung
    Kurzfassung: 1. Introduction -- 2. The intangible economy -- 3. Patent information and corporate credit ratings : an empirical study of patent valuation by credit rating agencies -- 4. IPR management and company valuation in the pharmaceutical industry : an exploratory study -- 5. IPR management, corporate disclosures, and stock market valuations in the pharmaceutical industry -- 6. Towards forward-looking financial reporting.
    Kurzfassung: A major contribution to the literature on the role of intellectual property rights (IPR) for the financing of innovation. The book is extensively researched and provides compelling insights for IPR managers, technology investors and policymakers trying to promote the efficiency of capital markets and national systems of innovation. Knut Blind, Berlin University of Technology, Germany Following the transition of industrial nations to knowledge economies, the financing of technological innovation has become a central issue in public policy, corporate finance and business management. This detailed book examines the role of intellectual property rights in facilitating the financing of technological innovation as well as the role of policy makers, investors and managers in this process. The books central finding is that public policy plays a key role in promoting the corporate disclosure of intellectual property-related information to enhance the efficiency of capital markets. This not only reduces the costs of capital for technology-driven firms but ultimately spurs innovation and economic growth. Intellectual Property Rights and the Financing of Technological Innovation will strongly appeal to research students and academics, policy makers, intellectual property professionals, equity analysts, credit rating analysts and executives in the pharmaceutical industry
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 17
    ISBN: 9781781951828
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 384 p) , ill
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed
    Serie: Elgar original reference
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on techno-entrepreneurship
    DDC: 658.421
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Entrepreneurship ; Technological innovations Management ; High technology industries Management ; Electronic books ; Spitzentechnologie ; Entrepreneurship ; Innovationsmanagement
    Kurzfassung: 'This second edition of the Handbook of Research on Techno-Entrepreneurship, edited by François Thérin, evidences a burgeoning field of research, and a growing cohort of international researchers working in this field who have produced works for this volume. The papers cover a variety of topics that intersect the realm of technovation with other fields of enquiry, such as economic development, sustainability, venture capital, new venture incubation, and academic entrepreneurship. This Handbook represents a convenient place to find and read this broad array of recent papers in this field.' - Evan J. Douglas, Griffith Business School, Australia. 'In this Handbook, François Thérin assembles a group of researchers with diverse perspectives to enrich our understanding of the nature, antecedents and consequences of techno-entrepreneurship. The Handbook is comprehensive in its scope, deep in its analyses, informative and interesting to read. It opens many avenues for research while communicating well with managers and policy makers.' - Shaker A. Zahra, University of Minnesota, US. Techno-entrepreneurship is broadly defined as the entrepreneurial and intrapreneurial activities of both existing and nascent companies operating in technology-intensive environments. This second edition examines the latest trends in techno-entrepreneurship. Comprising entirely new contributions by international experts, this edition covers among others: family business, green and sustainable techno-entrepreneurship, effectuation, techno-intrapreneurship, academic entrepreneurship, frugal innovation. With chapters focusing on China, India, Southeast Asia and South America, the Handbook explores views on the new hot spots in techno-entrepreneurship development. Providing a comprehensive, highly accessible and innovative first insight into the developing sphere of techno-entrepreneurship, this international study will be essential reading for postgraduate students, academics and researchers with an interest in management and entrepreneurship. Managerial and entrepreneurial professionals in high-tech industries will also find much to interest them within this Handbook
    Kurzfassung: 1. The knowledge base of technology entrepreneurship / Ivan Zupic -- 2. Technology entrepreneurship, innovation and intrapreneurship : managing entrepreneurial activities in technology-intensive environments / Alexander Brem and Jens Borchardt -- 3. Technology in family business studies : a bibliometric analysis (1991-2012) / Cinzia Dessì, Michela Floris and Alessia Sanna -- 4. Capitalization of science and technology knowledge : practices, trends and impacts on techno-entrepreneurship / Diane A. Isabelle -- 5. The commercialization process of innovation in small high-technology firms : theoretical review / Jarkko Pellikka -- 6. Technology entrepreneurship in China : what do Chinese science and technology parks do for entrepreneurs? : the exemplary case of Jiangsu / Dominique Jolly and Fuquan Zhu -- 7. What is e-entrepreneurship? : fundamentals of company founding in the net economy / Tobias Kollmann -- 8. Venture capital financing of techno-entrepreneurial start-ups : drivers and barriers for investments in research-based spin-offs in the Dutch medical life sciences industry / Joyce Houterman, Vincent Blok and Onno Omta -- 9. Working as technology scout and techno-intrapreneur / Magnus Hoppe -- 10. The role of academicians in technology entrepreneurship / Mohar Yusof, Mohammad Saeed Siddiq and Leilanie Mohd Nor -- 11. Personal attributes of academic entrepreneurs / Hafizul Othman, Rosni Abdullah and Nasriah Zakaria -- 12. Companies spun out of universities : different typologies for different performance patterns / Giuseppe Criaco ... [et al.] -- 13. The role of the technology transfer office in promoting university-industry collaboration / Ciara Fitzgerald, Margaret Ledwith and Rory O'Shea -- 14. Demand competition and entrepreneurial (de novo) entry in industries based on systemic technologies / Lalit Manral -- 15. Nascent technology entrepreneurship supply chain emergence / Jennifer L. Woolley -- 16. Frugal innovation and returnee-diaspora entrepreneurship / Preeta M. Banerjee and Ana Leirner -- 17. Drivers of green strategy for enhancing sustainable technopreneurship in emerging economies / Broto Rauth Bhardwaj and Kee-hung Lai -- 18. The path to sustainable technological entrepreneurship / Manjula S. Salimath and William Carter
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 18
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781782544531
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Managing in dynamic business environments
    DDC: 658.1
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Unternehmensorganisation ; Management ; Management control ; Industrial organization ; Industrial management ; Budget in business ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: 'This is a book for all who are interested in organizational management philosophy or control practices as the book offers new ways of understanding the dynamics of management. By employing multiple theoretical and methodological perspectives the book provides refreshing and engaging analyses of beyond budgeting and different forms of control. This book will be a source of inspiration for researchers and practitioners by given reasoning and ideas for better understanding of the dynamics, mysteries and paradoxes of control in contemporary organizations.' -- Frode Mellemvik, University of Nordland, Norway. This timely and innovative book focuses on budgeting control and ongoing Beyond Budgeting trends and its consequences for the organization. Ensuring an optimal balance between individual autonomy and management control is a critical challenge for organizations operating in dynamic business environments. Too much of the former leads to chaos, and too much of the latter guarantees rigidity. This book explores the tensions that arise in seeking the best possible balance between these two dimensions. Resolving these tensions is a critical challenge for achieving competitiveness. In order to examine budgeting control and ongoing 'beyond budgeting', the book's starting point is the Beyond Budgeting movement and what it implies for a new approach to autonomy and management control. This discussion is further supplemented with a broader approach to the issue of control that spans issues such as self-control, time control, transparency as control, ethical control and cultural control. This book's innovative and explorative approach will be of interest to students at master level, scholars and senior and middle-level managers. HR departments will find it instrumental to their work and practice
    Kurzfassung: 1. Control and autonomy : management challenges and tensions / Katarina Kaarbøe, Paul Gooderham and Hanne Nørreklit -- 2. Taking reality seriously : towards a more self-regulating management model at Statoil / Bjarte Bogsnes -- 3. A new way of being a controller : from bellboy to actor / Hanne Nørreklit and Katarina Kaarbøe -- 4. Management accounting tools in banks : are banks without budgets more profitable? / Trond Bjørnenak -- 5. Environmental uncertainty and the use of budgets / Niels Sandalgaard -- 6. Management control as temporal structuring / Sebastian Becker and Martin Messner -- 7. Beyond budgeting from the American and Norwegian perspectives : the embeddedness of management models in corporate governance systems / Daniel Johanson -- 8. The planning-regime concept and its application to three examples of organizational budgeting / Anatoli Bourmistrov and Katarina Kaarbøe -- 9. Putting beyond budgeting ideas into practice / Katarina Kaarbøe, Inger Stensaker and Teemu Malmi -- 10. Does managerial discretion affect learning from experience in organizations? / Bjarne Espedal and Alexander Madsen Sandvik -- 11. The autonomy-creativity orientation of elite business school students in the US and Norway / Paul Gooderham ... [et al.] -- 12. Systems of accountability and personal responsibility / Lars Jacob Tynes Pedersen
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 19
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781782547945
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Available in another form
    Schlagwort(e): Directors of corporations ; Women executives ; Boards of directors ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: 'This is an extremely insightful book on an important and timely topic -- how to get women on to corporate boards. I am proud to have been a part of the discussion and processes presented in this book, and I am impressed by how the editors have put together a systematic and comprehensive overview of the snowball effects of the Norwegian gender balance law. This book will definitely be influential when policy-makers and politicians in various countries are considering voluntary actions or legal regulations to empower women in corporate life.' -- Kjell Magne Bondevik, Director, Oslo Centre for Peace and Human Rights and Former Prime Minister of Norway (1997--2000 and 2001--2005). 'This book provides significant and important insight into the continuing challenge in getting more women on to corporate boards globally. Catalyst has always believed that competing in a global economy requires that companies leverage the talents of both men and women leaders. This book's evidence-based reflections about gender balance in the boardroom, from Norway and beyond, help further the dialogue on this important business issue.' -- Ilene H. Lang, President and CEO, Catalyst. This book provides unique insights into how the idea of quota laws to get women on to corporate boards gained international momentum from its origins in Norway. Invaluable insights are gained through the stories of actors involved in shaping the discourse and practice on women of boards. In exploring political contexts, the role of the advocacy movement, experiences of women directors themselves and latest research findings, the contributors provide a comprehensive overview of the rationales, processes and outcomes of formal approaches to gender diversity on boards. Drawing on insights from political, business and academic actors, the book discusses how and why the Norwegian law on gender equality on corporate boards is turning into a blueprint for action internationally. Getting Women on to Corporate Boards will prove an invaluable resource for policy-makers, principle-setters, practitioners and students interested in the international lessons from Norway, as well as for current and potential female directors
    Kurzfassung: pt. I. The Norwegian political background -- pt. II. Norwegian and international advocacy -- pt. III. Norwegian board members : stories from the field -- pt. IV. Lessons from research on gender on boards -- pt. V. Policy implications at the international level
    Anmerkung: Includes index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 20
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784714604
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Institutions and the environment
    DDC: 333.7
    Schlagwort(e): Umweltökonomik ; Institutionenökonomik ; Environmental policy Economic aspects ; Environmental economics ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This title contains the definitive contributions to the institutional foundations of environmental issues. It covers the foundations of welfare economics, externalities, market failure, and the central nexus of law and economics. Each contribution illustrates the fundamental importance of institutions - the legal scaffolding of an economy - to environmental problems. This understanding of the institutions of an economy then leads into extensive coverage of how to diagnose environmental problems and then to formulate policy solutions to deforestation, degraded fisheries and pastoral regimes, pollution, land-use conflicts, contested property rights, the tragedy of open-access natural resources and general development problems in sub-Saharan Africa
    Kurzfassung: Daniel W. Bromley (1990), 'The Ideology of Efficiency: Searching for a Theory of Policy Analysis', Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 19 (1), July, 86-107 -- Amartya Sen (1993), 'Markets and Freedoms: Achievements and Limitations of the Market Mechanism in Promoting Individual Freedoms', Oxford Economic Papers, 45 (4), October, 519-41 -- Arild Vatn and Daniel W. Bromley (1994), 'Choices without Prices without Apologies', Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 26 (2), March, 129-48 -- Michael E. Porter and Claas van der Linde (1995), 'Toward a New Conception of the Environment-Competitiveness Relationship', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 9 (4), Fall, 97-118 -- Olof Johansson-Stenman (1998), 'On the Problematic Link between Fundamental Ethics and Economic Policy Recommendations', Journal of Economic Methodology, 5 (2), 263-97 -- Joseph L. Sax (1983), 'Some Thoughts on the Decline of Private Property', Washington Law Review, 58, 481-96 -- Barry C. Field (1989), 'The Evolution of Property Rights', Kyklos, 42 (3), August, 319-45 -- Bruce A. Larson and Daniel W. Bromley (1990), 'Property Rights, Externalities, and Resource Degradation: Locating the Tragedy', Journal of Development Economics, 33 (2), October, 235-62 -- Daniel W. Bromley (1992), 'The Commons, Common Property, and Environmental Policy', Environmental and Resource Economics, 2 (1), January, 1-17 -- Rogier van den Brink, Daniel W. Bromley and Jean-Paul Chavas (1995), 'The Economics of Cain and Abel: Agro-Pastoral Property Rights in the Sahel', Journal of Development Studies, 31 (3), February, 373-99 -- Daniel W. Bromley (1997), 'Constitutional Political Economy: Property Claims in a Dynamic World', Contemporary Economic Policy, XV (4), October, 43-54 -- Espen Sjaastad and Daniel W. Bromley (2000), 'The Prejudices of Property Rights: On Individualism, Specificity, and Security in Property Regimes', Development Policy Review, 18 (4), December, 365-89 -- Carlisle Ford Runge (1981), 'Common Property Externalities: Isolation, Assurance, and Resource Depletion in a Traditional Grazing Context', American Journal of Agricultural Economics, 63 (4), November, 595-606 -- Daniel W. Bromley (1989), 'Property Relations and Economic Development: The Other Land Reform', World Development, 17 (6), June, 867-77 -- Shem Migot-Adholla, Peter Hazell, Benoît Blarel and Frank Place (1991), 'Indigenous Land Rights Systems in Sub-Saharan Africa: A Constraint on Productivity?', World Bank Economic Review, 5 (1), January, 155-75 -- Jean-Philippe Platteau (1996), 'The Evolutionary Theory of Land Rights as Applied to Sub-Saharan Africa: A Critical Assessment', Development and Change, 27 (1), January, 29-86 -- Espen Sjaastad and Daniel W. Bromley (1997), 'Indigenous Land Rights in Sub-Saharan Africa: Appropriation, Security and Investment Demand', World Development, 25 (4), January, 549-62 -- Anne-Sophie Brasselle, Frédéric Gaspart and Jean-Philippe Platteau (2002), 'Land Tenure Security and Investment Incentives: Puzzling Evidence from Burkina Faso', Journal of Development Economics, 67 (2), April, 373-418 -- Daniel W. Bromley (2008), 'Formalising Property Relations in the Developing World: The Wrong Prescription for the Wrong Malady', Land Use Policy, 26 (1), January, 20-27
    Kurzfassung: Daniel W. Bromley (2008), 'Resource Degradation in the African Commons: Accounting for Institutional Decay', Environment and Development Economics, 13 (5), October, 539-63
    Kurzfassung: Francis M. Bator (1958), 'The Anatomy of Market Failure', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 72 (3), August, 351-79 -- Vernon L. Smith (1968), 'Economics of Production from Natural Resources', American Economic Review, 58 (3), Part 1, June, 409-31 -- Vernon L. Smith (1969), 'On Models of Commercial Fishing', Journal of Political Economy, 77 (2), March-April, 181-98 -- William J. Baumol (1972), 'On Taxation and the Control of Externalities', American Economic Review, 62 (3), June, 307-22 -- Colin W. Clark (1973), 'Profit Maximization and the Extinction of Animal Species', Journal of Political Economy, 81 (4), July- August, 950-61 -- Carl J. Dahlman (1979), 'The Problem of Externality', Journal of Law and Economics, 22 (1), April, 141-62 -- Arild Vatn and Daniel W. Bromley (1997), 'Externalities - A Market Model Failure', Environmental and Resource Economics, 9 (2), March, 135-51 -- Abram Bergson (1938), 'A Reformulation of Certain Aspects of Welfare Economics', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 52 (2), February, 310-34 -- Paul A. Samuelson (1950), 'Evaluation of Real National Income', Oxford Economic Papers, 2 (1), January, 1-29 -- W.M. Gorman (1955), 'The Intransitivity of Certain Criteria Used in Welfare Economics', Oxford Economic Papers, 7 (1), February, 25-35 -- Francis M. Bator (1957), 'The Simple Analytics of Welfare Maximization', American Economic Review, 47 (1), March, 22-59 -- Robin W. Boadway (1974), 'The Welfare Foundations of Cost- Benefit Analysis', Economic Journal, 84 (336), December, 926-39 -- Robin Boadway (1976), 'Integrating Equity and Efficiency in Applied Welfare Economics', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 90 (4), November, 541-56 -- John S. Chipman and James C. Moore (1978), 'The New Welfare Economics 1939-1974', International Economic Review, 19 (3), October, 547-84 -- E.J. Mishan (1980), 'How Valid Are Economic Evaluations of Allocative Changes?', Journal of Economic Issues, XIV (1), March, 143-61 -- Robert Cooter and Peter Rappoport (1984), 'Were the Ordinalists Wrong About Welfare Economics?', Journal of Economic Literature, 22 (2), June, 507-30 -- John Martin Gillroy (1992), 'The Ethical Poverty of Cost-Benefit Methods: Autonomy, Efficiency and Public Policy Choice', Policy Sciences, 25 (2), May, 83-102 -- Laurence H. Tribe (1972), 'Policy Science: Analysis or Ideology?', Philosophy and Public Affairs, 2 (1), Autumn, 66-110 -- Alexander James Field (1979), 'On the Explanation of Rules Using Rational Choice Models', Journal of Economic Issues, 13 (1), March, 49-72
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Bromley, Daniel W. and Glen D. Anderson (2012), Vulnerable People, Vulnerable States: Redefining the Development Challenge, London: Routledge. -- Bromley, Daniel W. (1989), Economic Interests and Institutions: The Conceptual Foundations of Public Policy, Oxford: Blackwell. -- Bromley, Daniel W. (2006), Sufficient Reason: Volitional Pragmatism and the Meaning of Economic Institutions, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. -- Coase, Ronald (1960), 'The problem of social cost', Journal of Law and Economics, 3, 1-44. -- Commons, John R. (1924), Legal Foundations of Capitalism, London: Macmillan. -- Commons, John R. (1934), Institutional Economics: Its Place in Political Economy, London: Macmillan. -- Glendon, Mary Ann (1991), Rights Talk: The Impoverishment of Political Discourse, New York: The Free Press. -- Hardin, Garrett (1968), 'The tragedy of the commons', Science, 162, 1243-48. -- Hicks, J.R. (1939),'The foundations of welfare economics', The Economic Journal, 49, 696-712. -- Hohfeld, Wesley N. (1913), 'Some fundamental legal conceptions as applied in judicial reasoning', Yale Law Journal, 23, 16-59. -- Hohfeld, Wesley N. (1917), 'Fundamental legal conceptions as applied in judicial reasoning', Yale Law Journal, 26, 710-70. -- Pigou, Arthur C. (1920), The Economics of Welfare, London: Macmillan. -- Robbins, Lionel (1932), An Essay on the Nature and Significance of Economic Science, London: Macmillan. -- Richard R. Nelson and Bhaven N. Sampat (2001), 'Making Sense of Institutions as a Factor Shaping Economic Performance', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 44 (1), January, 31-54 -- Warren J. Samuels (1971), 'Interrelations between Legal and Economic Processes', Journal of Law and Economics, 14 (2), October, 435-50 -- Warren J. Samuels (1974), 'The Coase Theorem and the Study of Law and Economics', Natural Resources Journal, 14 (1), January, 1-33 -- Daniel W. Bromley (1978), 'Property Rules, Liability Rules, and Environmental Economics', Journal of Economic Issues, XII (1), March, 43-60 -- Warren J. Samuels (1989), 'The Legal-Economic Nexus', George Washington Law Review, 57 (6), August, 1556-78 -- Daniel W. Bromley (1989), 'Entitlements, Missing Markets, and Environmental Uncertainty', Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 17 (2), September, 181-94 -- J.E. Meade (1952), 'External Economies and Diseconomies in a Competitive Situation', Economic Journal, 62 (245), March, 54-67
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 21
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784714086
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Schlagwort(e): Money laundering ; Terrorism Finance ; Law and legislation ; Terrorism Prevention ; Law and legislation ; Terrorism Finance ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This important book addresses the broader legal, policy and regulatory issues confronting the international community in its search for effective methodologies to combat money laundering and terrorist financing. New threats must always be met with new regulatory and compliance approaches. Alongside an original introduction to the area, which critically examines the 2012 revision to the Financial Action Task Force, the editor has selected key papers that focus on compliance perspectives, in assessing the task, including work examining the recent shift from a rule-based to a risk-based approach. This book is an essential source of reference for anyone interested in this dynamic field
    Kurzfassung: Barry A.K. Rider (2003), 'Financial Regulation and Supervision after 11th September, 2001', Journal of Financial Crime, 10 (4), 336-58 -- John Christensen (2007), 'The Long and Winding Road: Tackling Capital Flight and Tax Evasion', paper prepared for the seminar Money Laundering, Tax Evasion and Financial Regulation, Transnational Institute, June 12-13, April, 1-22 -- J.C. Sharman (2008), 'Power and Discourse in Policy Diffusion: Anti-Money Laundering in Developing States', International Studies Quarterly, 52 (3), September, 635-56 -- Mónica Serrano and Paul Kenny (2003), 'The International Regulation of Money Laundering', Global Governance, 9 (4), October-December, 433-39 -- Peter J. Quirk (1997), 'Macroeconomic Implications of Money Laundering', Trends in Organized Crime, 2 (3), Spring, 10-14 -- Donato Masciandaro (1999), 'Money Laundering: the Economics of Regulation', European Journal of Law and Economics, 7 (3), May, 225-40 -- Peter Reuter and Edwin M. Truman (2004), 'How Much Money is Laundered?', in Chasing Dirty Money: The Fight Against Money Laundering, Chapter 2, Washington, DC: Peterson Institute for International Economics, 9-24, references -- John Walker and Brigitte Unger (2009), 'Measuring Global Money Laundering: "The Walker Gravity Model"', Review of Law and Economics, 5 (2), 821-53 -- Jim Thomas (1999), 'Quantifying the Black Economy: "Measurement Without Theory" Yet Again?', Economic Journal, 109 (456), June, F381-F389 -- Richard K. Gordon (1999), 'Anti-Money-Laundering Policies: Selected Legal, Political, and Economic Issues', in Current Developments in Monetary and Financial Law, Volume I, Chapter 15, Washington, DC: International Monetary Fund, 405-19 -- Bruce Zagaris (2002), 'The Merging of the Counter-Terrorism and Anti-Money Laundering Regimes', Law and Policy in International Business, 34 (1), 45-108 -- Matthew Levitt (2003), 'Stemming the Flow of Terrorist Financing: Practical and Conceptual Challenges', Fletcher Forum of World Affairs, 27 (1), Winter/Spring, 59-70 -- Ilias Bantekas (2003), 'The International Law of Terrorist Financing', American Journal of International Law, 97 (2), April, 315-33 -- Richard Barrett (2009), 'Time to Reexamine Regulation Designed to Counter the Financing of Terrorism', Case Western Reserve Journal of International Law, 41 (1), 7-18 -- Michael Levi (2010), 'Combating the Financing of Terrorism: A History and Assessment of the Control of "Threat Finance"', British Journal of Criminology. Special Issue: Terrorism: Criminological Perspectives, 50 (4), 650-69 -- Benton E. Gup and Navin Beekarry (2009), 'Limited Liability Companies (LLCs) and Financial Crimes', Journal of Money Laundering Control, 12 (1), 7-18 -- J.C. Sharman and David Chaikin (2009), 'Corruption and Anti-Money-Laundering Systems: Putting a Luxury Good to Work', Governance: An International Journal of Policy, Administration, and Institutions, 22 (1), January, 27-45 -- David J. Middleton and Michael Levi (2004), 'The Role of Solicitors in Facilitating "Organized Crime": Situational Crime Opportunities and their Regulation', Crime, Law and Social Change, 42 (2-3), 123-61 -- Ross S. Delston and Stephen C. Walls (2009), 'Reaching Beyond Banks: How to Target Trade-Based Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing Outside the Financial Sector', Case Western Reserve Journal of International Law, 41 (1), 85-118
    Kurzfassung: FATF (2004), Methodology for Assessing Compliance with the 40 Recommendations and 9 Special Recommendations, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/reports/methodology.pdf. -- FATF (2005), Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing Typologies, 2004-2005, available at: www.apgml.org/frameworks/docs/8/FATF%20Yearly%20typol%2004-05_incl%20typologies.pdf. -- FATF (2006), Trade Based Money Laundering, available at: www.fincen.gov/news_room/rp/files/fatf_typologies.pdf. -- FATF (2007), RBA Guidance for Accountants, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/reports/RBA%20for%20accountants.pdf. -- FATF (2008), Money Laundering & Terrorist Financing Risks Assessment Strategies, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/reports/ML%20and%20TF%20Risk%20Assessment%20Strategies.pdf. -- FATF, (2008), Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing Threat Assessment, available at: www.ctif-cfi.be/website/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=127&Itemid=128&lang=en. -- FATF (2008), Proliferation Financing Report, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/reports/Typologies%20Report%20on%20Proliferation%20Financing.pdf. -- FATF (2008), Revised Mandate 2008-2012, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/reports/2007-2008%20ENG.pdf. -- FATF (2009), Vulnerabilities of Casinos and the Gaming Sector, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/reports/Vulnerabilities%20of%20Casinos%20and%20Gaming%20Sector.pdf. -- FATF (2010), Global Money Laundering & Terrorist Financing Threat Assessment: A view of how and why criminals and terrorists abuse finances, the effect of this abuse and the steps to mitigate these threats, available at: www.coe.int/t/dghl/monitoring/moneyval/web_ressources/FATF_GTA2010.pdf. -- FATF (2010), Combating Proliferation Financing, A Status Report on Policy Development and Consultation, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/reports/Status-report-proliferation-financing.pdf. -- FATF (2010), Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing in the Securities Sector, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/topics/methodsandtrends/documents/moneylaunderingandterroristfinancinginthe securitiessector.html. -- FATF (2010), Report on Money Laundering Using Trust and Company Service Providers, available at: www.fatfgafi.org/media/fatf/documents/reports/Money%20Laundering%20Using%20Trust%20and%20Company%20Service%20Providers.pdf. -- FATF (2010), The Review of the Standards - Preparation for the 4th Round of Mutual Evaluation: Second Public Consultation, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/publicconsultation/Second%20Public%20consultation%20document.pdf. -- FATF (2011), Annual Report, 2010-2011, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/reports/FORMATTED%20ANNUAL%20REPORT%20FOR%20PRINTING.pdf. -- FATF (2011), Consultation on the Proposed Changes to the FATF Standards, Compilation of Responses from the Financial Sector, Part I, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/publicconsultation/First%20public%20consultation%20document%20responses%20financial%20sector%20part%201.pdf. -- FATF (2011), Laundering the Proceeds of Corruption, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/reports/Laundering%20the%20Proceeds%20of%20Corruption.pdf. -- FATF (2011), The Review of the Standards - Preparation for the 4th Round of Mutual Evaluation: Second Consultation Paper, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/publicconsultation/Second%20public%20consultation%20document.pdf. -- FATF (2012), The International Co-operation Review Group, ICRG (from 2007), available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/topics/high-riskandnon-cooperativejurisdictions/documents/moreabouttheinternational co-operationreviewgroupicrg.html
    Kurzfassung: FATF (2012), International Standards on Combating the Money Laundering and the Financing pf Terrorism & Proliferation - the FATF Recommendations, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/topics/mutualevaluations/key/internationalstandardsoncombatingmoneylaunderingandthefinancingofterrorismproliferation-thefatfrecommendations.html. -- FATF (2012), Media Narrative, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/Press%20handout%20FATF%20Recommendations%202012.pdf. -- FATF (2012), Methods & Trends, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/topics/methodsandtrends. -- Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (1986), Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, available at: www.ffiec.gov/bsa_aml_infobase/documents/regulations/ML_Control_1986.pdf. -- Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (2010), Department of the Treasury Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, available at: www.fincen.gov/statutes_regs/guidance/pdf/fin-2010-a001.pdf. -- Financial Services Authority (2000), A New Regulator for the New Millennium, available at: www.fsa.gov.uk/pubs/policy/p29.pdf. -- Financial Services Authority (2009), FSA Scale and Impact of Financial Crime Project - Impacts of Financial Crimes and Amenability to Control by the FSA: Proposed Framework for Generating Data in a Comparative Manner, available at: www.fsa.gov.uk/pubs/other/scale_and_impact_paper.pdf. -- Fleming, Matthew H. (2009), FSA's Scale & Impact of Financial Crime Project (Phase One): Critical Analysis, available at: www.fsa.gov.uk/pubs/occpapers/op37.pdf. -- G7 Summit (1989), G7 Heads of State Summit Communiqué, available at: www.g7.utoronto.ca/summit/1989paris/communique/drug.html. -- G7/8 Summit (1990), Houston Economic Declaration, available at: www.g8.utoronto.ca/summit/1990houston/declaration.html. -- G7 Summit (1991), Economic Declaration: Building World Partnership, available at: www.g8.utoronto.ca/summit/1991london/communique/index.html. -- G7 Summit (1994), Cooperation against Transnational Crime and Money - Laundering, available at: www.g8.utoronto.ca/summit/1994naples/communique/crime.html. -- G7 Summit (1998), The Birmingham Summit, available at: www.g8.utoronto.ca/summit/1998birmingham/finalcom.htm. -- G7 Summit (2001), Meeting Statement of the G7 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors, available at: www.g8.utoronto.ca/finance/fm100601.htm. -- G7 Summit (2002), Statement of G7 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors, available at: www.g8.utoronto.ca/finance/fm020902.htm#action. -- G7 Summit (2002), Statement of G7 Finance Ministers, available at: www.g8.utoronto.ca/finance/fm061502.htm. -- G8 Summit (2002), The Kananaskis Summit Chair's Summary, available at: http://www.canadainternational.gc.ca/g8/summit-sommet/2002/chairs_summary-conclusion_presidence.aspx?lang=eng&view=d. -- G8 Summit (2002), The G8 Global Partnership Against the Spread of Weapons and Materials of Mass Destruction, available at: www.g7.utoronto.ca/summit/2002kananaskis/arms.html. -- Gabe, Jonathan (ed.) (1995), Medicine, Health and Risk: Sociological Approaches, Oxford: Blackwell
    Kurzfassung: Gonzalez, Maria and Alfred Schipke (2011), 'Bankers on the Beach', available at: www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/fandd/2011/06/gonzalez.htm. -- Gray, Joanna (2009), 'Is it time to highlight the limits of risk-based financial regulation?', Capital Markets Law Journal, 4 (1), 50-62. -- Haas, Peter M. (1998), 'Compliance theories, choosing to comply: theorizing from International Relations and Comparative Politics', in Dinah Shelton (ed), Commitment and Compliance, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 43-64. -- Hood, Christopher, Henry Rothstein, and Robert Baldwin (2001), The Government of Risk: Understanding Risk Regulation Regimes, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- Hutter, Bridget M. (2005), 'The Attractions of Risk-based Regulation: accounting for the emergence of risk ideas in regulation', in Pearl Eliadis, Margaret M. Hill and Michael Howlett (eds), Designing Government: From Instruments to Governance, Montreal: McGill-Queen's University Press. -- International Monetary Fund (2004), Global Financial Stability Report: Market Developments and Issues, available at: www.imf.org/External/Pubs/FT/GFSR/2004/02/index.htm. -- International Monetary Fund (2005), Offshore Financial Centers: The Assessment Program - A Progress Report Supplementary Information, available at: www.imf.org/external/np/pp/eng/2005/022505a.pdf. -- International Monetary Fund (2008), Executive Board Integrates the Offshore Financial Center Assessment Program with the FSAP, available at: www.imf.org/external/np/sec/pn/2008/pn0882.htm. -- International Monetary Fund (2011), Anti-Money Laundering and Combating the Financing of Terrorism (AML/CFT) - Report on the Review of the Effectiveness of the Program, available at: www.imf.org/external/np/pp/eng/2011/051111.pdf. -- International Monetary Fund Fact Sheet (2011), The IMF and the Fight Against Money Laundering and the Financing of Terrorism, available at: www.imf.org/external/np/exr/facts/aml.htm. -- International Monetary Fund Survey Online (2009), IMF Urges Rethink of How to Manage Global Systemic Risk, available at: www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/survey/so/2009/pol030609a.htm. -- Jacobson, Harold K. and Edith Weiss Brown (1995), 'Strengthening compliance with international environmental accords: preliminary observations from a collaborative project', Global Governance, 1 (2), 119-48. -- Johnston, R. Barry, and Oana M. Nedekescu (2006), 'The Impact of Terrorism on Financial Markets, 13', Journal of Financial Crime, 7, 18-19. -- Kadi, Yassin Abdullah (2008), 'Opinion of Advocate General Poiares Maduro: Case C-402/05 P', available at: http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62005CC0402:EN:HTML. -- Kar, Dev and Sarah Freitas (2011), 'Illicit Financial Flows from Developing Countries Over the Decade Ending 2009', available at: www.gfintegrity.org/storage/gfip/documents/reports/IFFDec2011/illicit_financial_flows_from_developing_countries_over_the_decade_ending_2009.pdf. -- Katselli Proukaki, Elena (2010), The Problem of Enforcement in International Law: Countermeasures, the Non-Injured State and the Idea of International Community, London and New York: Routledge. -- Keohane, Robert (1995), 'Reciprocity in International Relations', International Organization, 40 (1), 1-27. -- Ku, Charlotte and Paul F. Diehl (2009), International Law: Classic and Contemporary Readings, Boulder, CO: Lynne Rienner Publishers. -- Kyriakos-Saad, Nadim (2005), 'The Methodology for Assessing Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering and Combating the Financing of Terrorism Standard', available at: www.imf.org/external/np/leg/amlcft/eng/pdf/cdmfl_v3.pdf
    Kurzfassung: Lipsky, John (2007), 'The global economy and financial markets: where next?', speech given at the Social Democratic Party Caucus, Berlin, Germany, 20 June. -- Markham, Jerry W. (2006), 'Mutual Funds Scandals - Comparative Analysis of the Role of Corporate Governance in the Regulation of Collective Investments', Hastings Business Law Journal, 3 (1), Florida International University Legal Studies Research Paper No. 10-55, available at: ssrn.com/abstract=1706317. -- Min Zhu, Deputy (2012), 'Anti-Money Laundering/Combating the Financing of Terrorism (AML/CFT)', available at: www.imf.org/external/np/leg/amlcft/eng. -- Mitchell, B. Ronald (2001), 'Institutional Aspects of Implementation, Compliance, and Effectiveness', in Urs Luterbacher and Detlef Sprinz (eds), International Relations and Global Climate Change, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, pp. 221-44. -- OECD Observer (1999), Ten years of combating money laundering, available at: www.oecdobserver.org/news/archivestory.php/aid/63/Ten_years_of_combating_money_laundering.html. -- Offshore Financial Centers (2000), Offshore Financial Centers: The Role of the IMF, available at: www.imf.org/external/np/mae/oshore/2000/eng/role.htm. -- Pieth, Mark and Gemma Aiolfi (2003), 'Anti-Money Laundering: Leveling the Playing Field', available at: www.baselgovernance.org/fileadmin/docs/pdfs/Publications/Money_Laundering_Levelling.pdf. -- Raustiala, Kal and Anne Marie Slaughter (2002), 'International Law, International Relations and Compliance', in Walter Carineas, Thomas Risse and Beth Simmons (eds), Handbook of International Relations, London: SAGE Publications, pp. 538-41. -- Sarkar, Hiren and M. Aynul Hasan (2001), 'Impact of corruption on the efficiency of investment: evidence from a cross-country analysis', Asia-Pacific Development Journal, 8 (2), 112-14. -- Schott, Paul Allan (2006), 'Reference Guide to Anti-Money Laundering and Combating the Financing of Terrorism', available at: http://siteresources.worldbank.org/EXTAML/Resources/396511-1146581427871/Reference_Guide_AMLCFT_2ndSupplement.pdf. -- Schuermann, Til, John Kambhu and Kevin J. Stiroh (2007), 'Hedge Funds, Financial Intermediation, and Systemic Risk', Economic Policy Review, 13 (3), 1-18. -- Schwarcz, Stephen L. (2008), 'Systemic Risk', Duke Law School Legal Studies Paper No. 163, Volume 97, No. 1, available at: ssrn.com/abstract=1008326. -- Shelton, Dinah (2003), Commitment and Compliance, The Role of Non-Binding Norms in the International Legal System, New York: Oxford University Press. -- Shepherd, Kevin L. (2009) 'Guardians at the Gate: the gatekeeper initiative and the risk-based approach for transactional lawyers', Real Property, Trust and Estate Law Journal, 43, 608-71. -- Simmons, A. Beth (1998), 'Compliance with International Agreements', Annual Review of Political Sciences, 1, 75-93. -- Soros, George and Judy Woodruff (2008), The Financial Crisis: An Interview with George Soros, The New York Review of Books, available at: www.globalty.net/The%20Financial%20Crisis%20An%20Interview%20with%20George%20Soros%20-%20The%20New%20York%20Review%20of%20Books.htm. -- Stein, Jana von (2010), 'International Law: Understanding Compliance and Enforcement, International Studies Encyclopedia', available at: www-personal.umich.edu/~janavs/vonstein-compendium.pdf. -- The Task Force (2010), New GFI Report Finds Illicit Capital Flight out of India US $462 Billion, available at: www.financialtaskforce.org/about/overview. -- Tax Justice Network (2008), A third to a half of the world's tax havens in Europe?, available at: taxjustice.blogspot.co.uk/2008/11/third-to-half-of-worlds-tax-havens-in.html
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Bank Secrecy Act (1970), 'Federal Crime of Money Laundering', available at: www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/18/part-I/chapter-95. -- Barker, Craig (2004), 'Mechanisms to Create, Support Conventions, Treaties and Other Responses', available at: www.eolss.net/EolssSampleChapters/C14/E1-44-01/E1-44-01-TXT-03.aspx. -- Bartlett, Brent, L. (2002), The Negative Effects of Money Laundering on Economic Development, available at: www.apgml.org/issues/docs/30/Negative%20effects%20of%20ML%20on%20Econ%20Development_Secretariat%20summary.pdf. -- Black, Dr. Julia (2004), 'The Development of Risk Based Regulation in Financial Services: Canada, the UK and Australia: A Research Report', available at: http://www.lse.ac.uk/collections/law/staff%20publications%20full%20text/black/risk%20based%20regulation%20in%20financial%20services.pdf. -- Black, Julia (2008), 'Forms and Paradoxes of Principles Based Regulation', available at: http://eprints.lse.ac.uk/23103/1/WPS2008-13.pdf. -- Brunnermeier, Markus, Andrew Crockett, Charles Goodhart, D. Persaud, Avinash and Hyun Shin (2009), 'The Fundamental Principles of Financial Regulation: Preliminary Conference Draft', available at: www.princeton.edu/~markus/research/papers/Geneva11.pdf. -- Camdessus, M. (1998), 'Money Laundering: The Importance of International Countermeasures', speech made at the Plenary Meeting of the FATF, Washington, February 10. -- Caruana, Jaime (2008), 'IMF: Offshore Financial Centers Report on the Assessment Program and Proposal for Integration with the Financial Sector Assessment Program', available at: www.imf.org/external/np/pp/eng/2008/050808.pdf. -- Chatain, Pierre-Laurent, John McDowell, Cedric Mousset, Paul Allan Schott and Emile Van Der Does (2009), Preventing Money Laundering & Terrorist Financing: A Practical Guide for Supervisors, Washington DC: World Bank. -- Civic Impulse, LLC (2008), S.2956 (110th): Incorporation Transparency and Law Enforcement Assistance Act, available at: www.govtrack.us/congress/bills/110/s2956/text. -- Corral, Luis U. (2010), 'Global threats and challenges for financial institutions', speech given to the Association of Banks in Singapore (ABS), Singapore, 16 March. -- Counterparty Risk Management Policy Group (2005), Toward Greater Financial Stability: A Private Sector Perspective, available at: www.crmpolicygroup.org/crmpg2/docs/CRMPG-II.pdf. -- Dowd, Kevin (2009), 'Moral Hazard and the Financial Crisis', Cato Journal, 29 (1), 141-66. -- Electronic Privacy Information Center (2001), USA Patriot Act (H.R. 3162), available at: http://epic.org/privacy/terrorism/hr3162.html. -- FATF (1996), FATF-VII Report on Money Laundering Typologies, available at: www.apgml.org/frameworks/docs/5/FATF%20Typologies%20rpt%201995-96.pdf. -- FATF (2000), Report of the FATF on Non-Cooperative Countries or Territories, available at: www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/reports/Initial%20Report%20on%20NCCTs%2002_2000.pdf. -- FATF (2000), Report on Typologies, 1999-2000, available at: www.apgml.org/frameworks/docs/5/FATF%20Typologies%20rpt%201999-2000.pdf. -- FATF (2002), Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering: Review of the FATF forty recommendations (2002): consultation paper, available at: www.step.org/pdf/FATFReviewof40 Recommendations.pdf?link=contentMiddle. -- FATF (2003), FATF 40 Recommendations, available at: www.pszaf.hu/data/cms2048621/FATF40.pdf. -- FATF (2003), Report on Money Laundering Typologies, 2003-2004, available at: www.apgml.org/frameworks/docs/5/FATF%20Typologies%20Rpt%202003-04.pdf
    Kurzfassung: Samuel McSkimming (2010), 'Trade-Based Money Laundering: Responding to an Emerging Threat', Deakin Law Review, 15 (1), 37-63 -- Peter Reuter and Edwin M. Truman (2004), 'Money Laundering: Methods and Markets', in Chasing Dirty Money: The Fight Against Money Laundering, Chapter 3, Washington, DC: Peterson Institute for International Economics, 25-43, references
    Kurzfassung: Tax Justice Network (2007), Identifying Tax Havens and Offshore Finance Centres, available at: www.taxjustice.net/cms/upload/pdf/Identifying_Tax_Havens_Jul_07.pdf. -- Thompson, Alexander (2009), 'The rational enforcement of international law: solving the sanctioners' dilemma', International Theory, 1 (2), 307-21. -- Unger, Brigitte (2007), The Scale and Impacts of Money Laundering, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing. -- Unger, Brigitte (2009), 'Money laundering - a newly emerging topic on the international agenda', Review of Law and Economics, 5 (3), 807-19. -- United Nations (1999), International Convention for the Suppression of the Financing of Terrorism, available at: www.un.org/law/cod/finterr.htm. -- United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (2011), Estimating Illicit Financial Flows resulting from Drug Trafficking and other Transnational Organized Crimes, available at: www.unodc.org/documents/data-and-analysis/Studies/Illicit_financial_flows_2011_web.pdf. -- United Nations Security Council (2006), Resolution 1718, available at: www.iaea.org/newscenter/focus/iaeadprk/unscres_14102006.pdf. -- United Nations Security Council (2006), Resolution 1737, available at: www.securitycouncilreport.org/atf/cf/%7B65BFCF9B-6D27-4E9C-8CD3-CF6E4FF96FF9%7D/Iran%20SRES%201737.pdf. -- United Nations Security Council (2008), Resolution 1803, available at: www.iaea.org/newscenter/focus/iaeairan/unsc_res1803-2008.pdf. -- United Nations Security Council (2009), Resolution 1874, available at: www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions/Documents/1874.pdf. -- United Nations Security Council (2010), Resolution 1929, available at: www.iaea.org/newscenter/focus/iaeairan/unsc_res1929-2010.pdf. -- United States Department of State (2012), 2012 International Narcotics Control Strategy Report, available at: www.state.gov/j/inl/rls/nrcrpt/2012/index.htm. -- United States Department of State (2012), 2012 International Narcotics Control Strategy Report: Volume II, Money Laundering and Financial Crimes, available at: www.state.gov/j/inl/rls/nrcrpt/2012/vol2/index.htm. -- United States Department of the Treasury (2002), G7 Combating the Financing of Terrorism: First Year Report, available at: www.treasury.gov/press-center/press-releases/Pages/po3474.aspx. -- Victor, David G. (2000), 'Enforcing International Law: implications for an effective global warming regime', Duke Environmental Law & Policy Forum, 10, 147-84. -- Wehberg, Hans (1959), 'Pacta Sunt Servanda', The American Journal of International Law, 53 (4), 775-86. -- Weld, B. Jean (2011), 'Current International Money Laundering Trends and Anti-Money Laundering Co-Operation Measures', Resource Material Series No. 83, UNAFEI: Fuchu, Tokyo, Japan. -- Wilmarth, Arthur E., Jr. (2009), 'Where Were the Watchdogs?, Systemic Risk and the Breakdown of the Financial Governance, Testimony of Robert E., Litan, Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs', available at: www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/survey/so/2009/POL030609A.htm. -- Wolfe, Gary S. (2007), 'Tax Haven Abuse: (Wyly Case) (Beneficial Ownership under Anti-Money Laundering Laws)', available at: http://gswlaw.com/irsblog/2007/12/05/tax-haven-abuse-wyly-case-beneficial-ownership-under-anti-money-laundering-laws
    Kurzfassung: World Economic Forum (2011), Global Risks 2011 Sixth Edition: An initiative of the Risk Response Network, available at: http://reports.weforum.org/wp-content/blogs.dir/1/mp/uploads/pages/files/global-risks-2011.pdf. -- Yepes, Concepcion Verdugo (2011), 'Compliance with the AML/CFT International Standard: Lessons from a Cross-Country Analysis', available at: www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/wp/2011/wp11177.pdf. -- Young, Oran R. (1994), International Governance: Protecting the Environment in a Stateless Society, Ithaca: Cornell University Press. -- Young, Oran R. (1999), Governance in World Affairs, Ithaca: Cornell University Press. -- Lucia Dalla Pellegrina and Donato Masciandaro (2009), 'The Risk-Based Approach in the New European Anti-Money Laundering Legislation: A Law and Economics View', Review of Law and Economics, 5 (2), 931-52 -- David Chaikin (2009), 'Risk-Based Approaches to Combating Financial Crime', Journal of Law and Financial Management, 8 (2), December, 20-27 -- Andrew Proctor (2005), 'Supporting a Risk-Based Anti-Money Laundering Approach Through Enforcement Action', Journal of Financial Regulation and Compliance, 13 (1), 10-14 -- Dionysios S. Demetis and Ian O. Angell (2007), 'The Risk-Based Approach to AML: Representation, Paradox, and the 3rd Directive', Journal of Money Laundering Control, 10 (4), 412-28 -- Louis de Koker (2009), 'Identifying and Managing Low Money Laundering Risk: Perspectives on FATF's Risk-Based Guidance', Journal of Financial Crime, 16 (4), 334-52 -- Navin Beekarry (2011), 'The International Anti-Money Laundering and Combating the Financing of Terrorism Regulatory Strategy: A Critical Analysis of Compliance Determinants in International Law', Northwestern Journal of International Law and Business, 31 (1), January, 137-93 -- Andrew Haynes (2008), 'Money Laundering: From Failure to Absurdity', Journal of Money Laundering Control, 11 (4), 303-19 -- Jackie Johnson (2008), 'Third Round FATF Mutual Evaluations Indicate Declining Compliance', Journal of Money Laundering Control, 11 (1), 47-66 -- Robin Sykes (2007), 'Some Questions on the FATF 40+9 and the Methodology for Assessing Compliance with the FATF 40+9 Recommendations', Journal of Banking Regulation, 8 (3), May, 236-43 -- Jackie Harvey (2008), 'Just How Effective is Money Laundering Legislation?', Security Journal, 21 (3), July, 189-211 -- J.C. Sharman (2009), 'The Bark is the Bite: International Organizations and Blacklisting', Review of International Political Economy, 16 (4), October, 573-96 -- Joras Ferwerda (2009), 'The Economics of Crime and Money Laundering: Does Anti-Money Laundering Policy Reduce Crime?', Review of Law and Economics, 5 (2), 903-29 -- Richard K. Gordon (2011), 'Losing the War Against Dirty Money: Rethinking Global Standards on Preventing Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing', Duke Journal of Comparative and International Law, 21, 503-65 -- Eleni Tsingou (2005), 'Global Governance and Transnational Financial Crime: Opportunities and Tensions in the Global Anti-Money Laundering Regime', Centre for the Study of Globalisation and Regionalisation Working Paper No. 161/05, May, University of Warwick, 1-25 -- Rainer Hülsse and Dieter Kerwer (2007), 'Global Standards in Action: Insights from Anti-Money Laundering Regulation', Organization, 14 (5), September, 619-36
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 22
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Northampton, Mass : E. Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781781007365
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 380 p)
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Advances in ecological economics series
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Serafy, Salah el, 1927 - Macroeconomics and the environment
    DDC: 338.9/27
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Umweltökonomische Gesamtrechnung ; Umweltökonomik ; Makroökonomik ; Environmental economics ; Natural resources Accounting ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaft ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Umweltökonomie ; Makroökonomisches Modell
    Kurzfassung: pt. 1. Introduction -- pt. 2. Concepts of income and capital -- pt. 3. The user cost and its detractors -- pt. 4. Methodological tools -- pt. 5. Policy matters -- pt. 6. Conclusion.
    Kurzfassung: Though scientists and environmentalists have long expressed concern over the rapid deterioration of the global environment, economists have largely failed to recognize the issues relevance to their field. Salah El Serafy argues for an increased focus on the economic aspects of environmental degradation, calling for a fundamental shift in how economists measure and discuss national income
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 23
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781781002124
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 242 p) , ill
    Serie: New horizons in leadership studies
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Extreme leadership
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Führungsstil ; Führungspersönlichkeit ; Crisis management ; Leadership ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Much has been written about how leaders and teams function in traditional business settings, but there is comparatively scant literature on the behaviors of leaders and teams facing extreme situations: that is, situations that fall outside the scope of daily experience. This book presents cases drawn from a diverse set of non-traditional and extreme leadership scenarios, offering a fresh perspective on both leadership research and management practice. This groundbreaking volume features expert contributions from across the globe by both management scholars and business leaders. Divided into three main parts - Extreme Expedition Leaders, Extreme Work Teams and Extreme Individual Leaders - the book explores both specific instances of non-traditional leadership and their theoretical and practical implications. Examples discussed include polar and mountaineering expeditions such as Shackleton's Endurance expedition, survival and rescue efforts such as the Chilean mine cave-in, security and police crises such as the shootings at Sandy Hook Elementary School, and groundbreaking media and entertainment leaders such as Francis Ford Coppola and Glenn Miller. This unique volume will appeal to students and professors of leadership and management studies, as well as managers, executives and other corporate business leaders
    Kurzfassung: pt. I. Extreme expedition leaders -- pt. II. Extreme work teams -- pt. III. Extreme individual leaders
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 24
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784714475
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in business
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Schlagwort(e): Sports administration ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Sport Management provides an insightful overview of the sport management discipline. The title includes influential articles and chapters from leading scholars in the field, covering a wide array of issues. In adopting a multilevel approach, this book explores this topical field and addresses sport management issues at the societal, organisational, and individual level
    Kurzfassung: David Cruise Malloy and Dwight H. Zakus (1995), 'Ethical Decision Making in Sport Administration: A Theoretical Inquiry into Substance and Form', Journal of Sport Management, 9 (1), January, 36-58 -- Karla A. Henderson (2009), 'A Paradox of Sport Management and Physical Activity Interventions', Sport Management Review, 12 (2), May, 57-65 -- Michael B. Edwards and Jonathan M. Casper (2012), 'Sport and Health', in G.B. Cunningham and J.N. Singer (eds), Sociology of Sport and Physical Activity, Chapter 4, College Station, TX: Center for Sport Management Research and Education, 69-97 -- Emily Sparvero and Laurence Chalip (2007), 'Professional Teams as Leverageable Assets: Strategic Creation of Community Value', Sport Management Review, 10 (1), May, 1-30 -- Stacy Warner (2012), 'Sport and Community', in G.B. Cunningham and J.N. Singer (eds), Sociology of Sport and Physical Activity, Chapter 11, College Station, TX: Center for Sport Management Research and Education, 237-54 -- Alexis Lyras and Jon Welty Peachey (2011), 'Integrating Sport-for-Development Theory and Praxis', Sport Management Review, 14 (4), November, 311-26 -- Emma Sherry (2010), '(Re) engaging Marginalized Groups Through Sport: The Homeless World Cup', International Review for the Sociology of Sport, 45 (1), March, 59-71 -- Marvin Washington and Marc J. Ventresca (2008), 'Institutional Contradictions and Struggles in the Formation of U.S. Collegiate Basketball, 1880-1938', Journal of Sport Management, 22 (1), January, 30-49 -- Lesley Ferkins, David Shilbury and Gael McDonald (2009), 'Board Involvement in Strategy: Advancing the Governance of Sport Organizations', Journal of Sport Management, 23 (3), May, 245-77 -- Lisa A. Kihl, Sarah Leberman and Vicki Schull (2010), 'Stakeholder Constructions of Leadership in Intercollegiate Athletics', European Sport Management Quarterly, 10 (2), April, 241-75 -- Shannon Hamm-Kerwin and Alison Doherty (2010), 'Intragroup Conflict in Nonprofit Sport Boards', Journal of Sport Management, 24 (3), May, 245-71 -- George B. Cunningham (2012), 'Diversity Training in Intercollegiate Athletics', Journal of Sport Management, 26 (5), September, 391-403 -- George B. Cunningham and E. Nicole Melton (2011), 'The Benefits of Sexual Orientation Diversity in Sport Organizations', Journal of Homosexuality, 58 (5), 647-63 -- John Amis, Trevor Slack and C.R. Hinings (2004), 'The Pace, Sequence, and Linearity of Radical Change', Academy of Management Journal, 47 (1), February, 15-39 -- George B. Cunningham (2006), 'The Relationships Among Commitment to Change, Coping with Change, and Turnover Intentions', European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 15 (1), March, 29-45 -- Daniel F. Mahony, Mary A. Hums, Damon P.S. Andrew and Stephen W. Dittmore (2010), 'Organizational Justice in Sport', Sport Management Review, 13 (2), May, 91-105 -- Justine B. Allen and Sally Shaw (2009), 'Women Coaches' Perceptions of Their Sport Organizations' Social Environment: Supporting Coaches' Psychological Needs?', Sport Psychologist, 23 (3), September, 346-66 -- Jennifer E. Bruening and Marlene A. Dixon (2008), 'Situating Work-Family Negotiations Within A Life Course Perspective: Insights on the Gendered Experiences of NCAA Division I Head Coaching Mothers', Sex Roles, 58 (1/2), January, 10-23 -- Richard D. Cotton, Yan Shen and Reut Livne-Tarandach (2011), 'On Becoming Extraordinary: The Content and Structure of the Developmental Networks of Major League Baseball Hall of Famers', Academy of Management Journal, 54 (1), February, 15-46
    Kurzfassung: George B. Cunningham (2010), 'The Influence of Religious Personal Identity on the Relationships Among Religious Dissimilarity, Value Dissimilarity and Job Satisfaction', Social Justice Research, 23 (1), March, 60-76 -- Vikki Krane, Heather Barber and Lisa R. McClung (2002), 'Social Psychological Benefits of Gay Games Participation: A Social Identity Theory Explanation', Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 14 (1), March, 27-42 -- Daniel C. Funk and Jeff James (2001), 'The Psychological Continuum Model: A Conceptual Framework for Understanding an Individual's Psychological Connection to Sport', Sport Management Review, 4 (2), November, 119-50
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Chelladurai, P. (1994), 'Sport management: Defining the field', European Journal of Sport Management, 1, 7-21. -- Chelladurai, P. (2009), Managing Organizations for Sport and Physical Activity: A Systems Perspective, 3rd edn., Scottsdale, AZ: Holcomb-Hathaway. -- Crossett, T.W. and M.A. Hums (2009), 'History of sport management', in L.P. Masteralexis, C.A. Barr, and M.A. Hums (eds), Principles and Practice of Sport Management, Boston, MA: Jones and Bartlett, pp. 3-24. -- Cunningham, G.B. (2006), 'Examining the relationships among coping with change, demographic dissimilarity, and championing behavior', Sport Management Review, 9, 253-70. -- Cunningham, G.B. and J. Welty Peachey (2012), 'Foundations of the sociology of sport, in G.B. Cunningham and J.N. Singer (eds), Sociology of Sport and Physical Activity, 2nd edn., College Station, TX: Center for Sport Management Research and Education. -- Dixon, M.A. and G.B. Cunningham (2006), 'Data aggregation in multilevel analysis: A review of conceptual and statistical issues', Measurement in Physical Education and Exercise Science, 10 (2), 85-107. -- Green, B.C. (2005), 'Building sport programs to optimize athlete recruitment, retention, and transition: Toward a normative theory of sport development', Journal of Sport Management, 19, 233-53. -- Hanlon, C., T. Morris and S. Nabbs (2010), 'Establishing a successful physical activity program to recruit and retain women', Sport Management Review, 13, 269-82. -- Kaplanidou, K. and H.J. Gibson (2012), 'Event image and traveling parent's intentions to attend youth sport events: A test of the reasoned action model', European Sport Management Quarterly, 12, 3-18. -- Klein, K.J., F. Dansereau and R.J. Hall (1994), 'Levels issues in theory development, data collection, and analysis', Academy of Management Review, 19, 195-229. -- Lim, S.Y., S. Warner, M. Dixon, B. Berg, C. Kim and M. Newhouse-Bailey (2011), 'Sport participation across national contexts: A multilevel investigation of individual and systemic influences on adult sport participation', European Sport Management Quarterly, 11, 197-224. -- Lox, C., K. Martin Ginnis and S.J. Petruzzello (2010), The Psychology of Exercise: Integrating Theory and Practice, 3rd edn., Scottsdale, AZ: Holcomb-Hathaway. -- Messenger, S. (2010, February 5), 'By the numbers: Super Bowl facts and figures'. Retrieved from www.treehugger.com. -- Milano, M. and P. Chelladurai (2011), 'Gross domestic sport product: The size of the sport industry in the United States', Journal of Sport Management, 25, 24-35. -- Sage, G.H. and D.S. Eitzen (2013), Sociology of North American Sport, New York: Oxford University Press. -- Slack, T. (1998), 'Is there anything unique about sport management?', European Journal for Sport Management, 5 (2), 21-29. -- Tajfel, H. and J.C. Turner (1979), 'An integrative theory of intergroup conflict', in W.G. Austin and S. Worchel (eds), The Social Psychology of Intergroup Relations, Monterey, CA: Brooks/Cole, pp. 33-47. -- Laurence Chalip (2006), 'Toward a Distinctive Sport Management Discipline', Journal of Sport Management, 20 (1), January, 1-21 -- Earle F. Zeigler (2007), 'Sport Management Must Show Social Concern as it Develops Tenable Theory', Journal of Sport Management, 21 (3), July, 297-318 -- Lucie Thibault (2009), 'Globalization of Sport: An Inconvenient Truth', Journal of Sport Management, 23 (1), January, 1-20
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 25
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784714390
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Globalization of higher education
    Schlagwort(e): Globalisierung ; Hochschule ; Studium ; Hochschulreform ; Hochschulpolitik ; Hochschulmanagement ; Welt ; Education, Higher ; Education and globalization ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschulbildung ; Globalisierung
    Kurzfassung: This comprehensive book provides a reearch review of the critical papers that have been published in the fast-growing field of the globalization of higher education. They include work by a variety of noted scholars, such as Altbach, Clark and Marginson, which cover key areas of theoretical and substantive interest
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Appadurai, A. (1996), Modernity at Large: Cultural Dimensions of Globalization, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. -- Braudel, F. (1985), 'The Perspective of the World', in Civilization and Capitalism, 15th-18th Century, Reynolds, S. (Transl.), 3, London: Fontana Press. -- Castells, M. (2000), 'The Rise of the Network Society', in The Information Age: Economy, Society and Culture, (2nd edn), 1, Oxford: Blackwell. -- Held, D., A. McLew, D. Goldblatt and J. Perraton (1999), Global Transformations: Politics, Economics and Culture, Stanford: Stanford University Press -- Philip G. Altbach (2004), 'Globalisation and the University: Myths and Realities in an Unequal World', Tertiary Education and Management, 10 (1), March, 3-25 -- Philip G. Altbach (2003), 'Centers and Peripheries in the Academic Profession: The Special Challenges of Developing Countries', in The Decline of the Guru: The Academic Profession in the Third World, Chapter 1, New York, NY and Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave Macmillan, 1-21 -- Eric Beerkens and Marijk Derwende (2007), 'The Paradox in International Cooperation: Institutionally Embedded Universities in a Global Environment', Higher Education, 53 (1), January, 61-79 -- Burton R. Clark (1998), 'The Entrepreneurial University: Demand and Response', Tertiary Education and Management, 4 (1), March, 5-16 -- Rosemary Deem (2001), 'Globalisation, New Managerialism, Academic Capitalism and Entrepreneurialism in Universities: Is the Local Dimension Still Important?', Comparative Education, 37 (1), February, 7-20 -- David D. Dill and Maarja Soo (2005), 'Academic Quality, League Tables, and Public Policy: A Cross-National Analysis of University Ranking Systems', Higher Education, 49 (4), June, 495-533 -- Jürgen Enders and Egbert de Weert (2004), 'Science, Training and Career: Changing Modes of Knowledge Production and Labour Markets', Higher Education Policy, 17 (2), June, 135-52 -- Ewan Ferlie, Christine Musselin and Gianluca Andresani (2008), 'The Steering of Higher Education Systems: A Public Management Perspective', Higher Education, 56 (3), September, 325-48 -- Ellen Hazelkorn (2008), 'Learning to Live with League Tables and Ranking: The Experience of Institutional Leaders', Higher Education Policy, 21 (2), June, 193-215 -- Mary Henkel (2005), 'Academic Identity and Autonomy in a Changing Policy Environment', Higher Education, 49 (1/2), January-March, 155-76 -- Nian Cai Liu and Ying Cheng (2005), 'The Academic Ranking of World Universities', Higher Education in Europe, 30 (2), July, 127-36 -- Kathryn Mohrman, Wanhua Ma and David Baker (2008), 'The Research University in Transition: The Emerging Global Model', Higher Education Policy, 21 (1), March, 5-27 -- Christine Musselin (2005), 'European Academic Labor Markets in Transition', Higher Education, 49 (1/2), January-March, 135-54 -- Roger Patrick King (2007), 'Governance and Accountability in the Higher Education Regulatory State', Higher Education, 53 (4), April, 411-30 -- Simon Marginson (2011), 'Higher Education in East Asia and Singapore: Rise of the Confucian Model', Higher Education, 61 (5), May, 587-611 -- Simon Marginson (2008), 'Global Field and Global Imagining: Bourdieu and Worldwide Higher Education', British Journal of Sociology of Education, 29 (3), May, 303-15
    Kurzfassung: Simon Marginson (2007), 'The Public/Private Divide in Higher Education: A Global Revision', Higher Education, 53 (3), March, 307-33 -- Simon Marginson (2006), 'Dynamics of National and Global Competition in Higher Education', Higher Education, 52 (1), July, 1-39 -- Simon Marginson and Gary Rhoades (2002), 'Beyond National States, Markets, and Systems of Higher Education: A Glonacal Agency Heuristic', Higher Education, 43 (3), April, 281-309 -- Tristan McCowan (2007), 'Expansion Without Equity: An Analysis of Current Policy on Access to Higher Education in Brazil', Higher Education, 53 (5), May, 579-98 -- Rajani Naidoo (2010), 'Global Learning in a NeoLiberal Age: Implications for Development', in Elaine Unterhalter and Vincent Carpentier (eds), Global Inequalities and Higher Education: Whose Interests are we Serving?, Chapter 2, London, UK and New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 66-90 -- Rajani Naidoo (2004), 'Fields and Institutional Strategy: Bourdieu on the Relationship Between Higher Education, Inequality and Society', British Journal of Sociology of Education, 25 (4), September, 457-71 -- Richard R. Nelson (2004), 'The Market Economy, and the Scientific Commons', Research Policy, 33 (3), April, 455-71 -- Susan L. Robertson (2010), 'The EU, "Regulatory State Regionalism" and New Modes of Higher Education Governance', Globalisation, Societies and Education, 8 (1), March, 23-37 -- Peter Scott (1998), 'Massification, Internationalization and Globalization', in The Globalization of Higher Education, Chapter 9, Buckingham, UK: Society for Research into Higher Education and Open University Press, 108-29 -- Amartya Sen (1999), 'Global Justice: Beyond International Equity', in Inge Kaul, Isabelle Grunberg and Marc A. Stern (eds), Global Public Goods: International Cooperation in the 21st Century, New York, NY and Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 116-25 -- Ravinder Sidhu (2009), 'The "Brand Name" Research University goes Global', Higher Education, 57 (2), February, 125-40 -- Mala Singh (2001), 'Re-Inserting the "Public Good" into Higher Education Transformation', in Globalization and Higher Education: Views from the South, University of Cape Town, South African Council on Higher Education, 7-22 -- Joseph E. Stiglitz (1999), 'Knowledge as a Global Public Good', in Inge Kaul, Isabelle Grunberg and Marc A. Stern (eds), Global Public Goods: International Cooperation in the 21st Century, New York, NY and Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 308-25 -- Ulrich Teichler (2004), 'The Changing Debate on Internationalisation of Higher Education', Higher Education, 48(1), July, 5-26 -- Elaine Unterhalter (2006), 'New Times and New Vocabularies: Theorising and Evaluating Gender Equality in Commonwealth Higher Education', Women's Studies International Forum, 29 (6), November-December, 620-28 -- Jussi Välimaa (2004), 'Nationalisation, Localisation and Globalisation in Finnish Higher Education', Higher Education,48 (1), July, 27-54 -- Jussi Välimaa and Marcela Mollis (2004), 'The Social Functions of Evaluation in Argentine and Finnish Higher Education', Higher Education in Europe, 29 (1), April, 67-86 -- Frans van Vught (2008), 'Mission Diversity and Reputation in Higher Education', Higher Education Policy, 21 (2), June, 151-74 -- Marijk van der Wende (2008), 'Rankings and Classifications in Higher Education: A European Perspective', in J.C. Smart (ed.), Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research, Springer Science and Business Media, 49-71
    Kurzfassung: Susan Wright (2004), 'Markets, Corporations, Consumers? New Landscapes of Higher Education', Learning and Teaching in the Social Sciences, 1 (2), September, 71-93 -- Qiang Zha (2009), 'Diversification or Homogenization: How Governments and Markets have Combined to (Re)Shape Chinese Higher Education in its Recent Massification Process', Higher Education, 58 (1), July, 41-58
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 26
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784710545
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Economics of worker cooperatives
    Schlagwort(e): Selbstverwalteter Betrieb ; Theorie der Unternehmung ; Industrial management Employee participation ; Cooperative societies ; Producer cooperatives ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: The economics of worker cooperatives is a branch of economic inquiry with a long and esteemed pedigree, dating at least from the work of John Stuart Mill in the mid-nineteenth century. Since then, leading economists have paid intermittent attention to the topic, but the collapse of state-sponsored socialism in Eastern Europe and growing discontent with loosely-fettered capitalism have resulted in a resurgence of interest in worker co-operatives as a method of enhancing productivity and reducing income inequalities without heavy government regulation. Professor Pencavel's judicious selection of articles by leading scholars conveys the vigour and rigour of this new empirical research. His original introduction provides an authoritative guide to past and current thinking in this topical area and raises important issues, which point the way for further contributions to the already rich literature
    Kurzfassung: Eirik G. Furubotn (1976), 'The Long-Run Analysis of the Labor-Managed Firm: An Alternative Interpretation', American Economic Review, 66 (1), March, 104-23 -- Jaroslav Vanek (1973), 'Some Fundamental Considerations on Financing and the Form of Ownership under Labor Management', in H.C. Bos, H. Linnemann and P. de Wolff (eds), Economic Structure and Development: Essays in Honour of Jan Tinbergen, Amsterdam, The Netherlands: North-Holland Publishing, 139-52 -- David P. Ellerman (1986), 'Horizon Problems and Property Rights in Labor-Managed Firms', Journal of Comparative Economics, 10 (1), March, 62-78 -- Avner Ben-Ner (1984), 'On the Stability of the Cooperative Type of Organization', Journal of Comparative Economics, 8 (3), September, 247-60 -- Hajime Miyazaki (1984), 'On Success and Dissolution of the Labor-Managed Firm in the Capitalist Economy', Journal of Political Economy, 92 (5), October, 909-31 -- Benjamin Ward (1958), 'The Firm in Illyria: Market Syndicalism', American Economic Review, 48 (4), September, 566-89 -- Evsey D. Domar (1966), 'The Soviet Collective Farm as a Producer Cooperative', American Economic Review, 56 (4, Part I), September, 734-57 -- Walter Y. Oi and Elizabeth M. Clayton (1968), 'A Peasant's View of a Soviet Collective Farm', American Economic Review, 58 (1), March, 37-59 -- Saul Estrin (1982), 'Long-Run Supply Responses under Self-Management', Journal of Comparative Economics, 6 (4), December, 363-78 -- A. Steinherr and J.-F. Thisse (1979), 'Are Labor-Managers Really Perverse?', Economics Letters, 2 (2), 137-42 -- A.A. Brewer and M.J. Browning (1982), 'On the "Employment" Decision of a Labour-Managed Firm', Economica, 49 (194), May, 141-6 -- Hajime Miyazaki and Hugh M. Neary (1985), 'Output, Work Hours and Employment in the Short Run of a Labour-Managed Firm', Economic Journal, 95 (380), December, 1035-48 -- Murat R. Sertel (1987), 'Workers' Enterprises Are Not Perverse', European Economic Review, 31 (8), December, 1619-25 -- Jonathan Levin and Steven Tadelis (2005), 'Profit Sharing and the Role of Professional Partnerships', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 120 (1), February, 131-71 -- John Pencavel and Ben Craig (1994), 'The Empirical Performance of Orthodox Models of the Firm: Conventional Firms and Worker Cooperatives', Journal of Political Economy, 102 (4), August, 718-44 -- John Pencavel, Luigi Pistaferri and Fabiano Schivardi (2006), 'Wages, Employment, and Capital in Capitalist and Worker-Owned Firms', Industrial and Labor Relations Review, 60 (1), October, 23-44 -- Gabriel Burdín and Andrés Dean (2009), 'New Evidence on Wages and Employment in Worker Cooperatives Compared with Capitalist Firms', Journal of Comparative Economics, 37 (4), December, 517-33 -- Ran Abramitzky (2011), 'Lessons from the Kibbutz on the Equality-Incentives Trade-Off', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 25 (1), Winter, 185-207
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Atkinson, A.B. (1973), 'Worker Management and the Modern Industrial Enterprise', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 87 (3), August 1973, 375-92. -- Craig, Ben and John Pencavel (1992), 'The Behavior of Worker Cooperatives: The Plywood Companies of the Pacific Northwest', American Economic Review, 82 (5), December, 1083-1105. -- Craig, Ben and John Pencavel (1995), 'Participation and Productivity: A Comparison of Worker Cooperatives and Conventional Firms in the Plywood Industry', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity Microeconomics, 121-60. -- Ellerman, David P. (1990), The Democratic Worker-Owned Firm, Unwin Hyman. -- Hansmann, Henry (1990a), 'When Does Worker Ownership Work? ESOPS, Law Firms, Codetermination, and Economic Democracy', Yale Law Journal, 99 (8), June, 1749-816. -- Hill, Roderick (2000), 'The Case of the Missing Organizations: Co-operatives and the Textbooks', Journal of Economic Education, 31 (3), 281-95. -- Ireland, Norman J. and Peter J. Law (1982), The Economics of Labor-Managed Enterprises, New York: St. Martin's Press. -- Jensen, Michael C. and William H. Meckling (1979), 'Rights and Production Functions: An Application to Labor-Managed Firms and Codetermination', The Journal of Business, 52 (4), October, 469-506. -- Jones, Derek C. (1975), 'British Producer Cooperatives and the Views of the Webbs on Participation and Ability to Survive', Annals of Public and Co-operative Economy, 46 (1), January-March, 23-44. -- Miyazaki, Hajime and Hugh M. Neary (1983), 'The Illyrian Firm Revisited', Bell Journal of Economics, 14 (1), Spring, 259-70. -- Pencavel, John (2001), Worker Participation: Lessons from the Worker Co-ops of the Pacific Northwest, New York: Russell Sage Foundation. -- Schoening, Joel (2010), 'The Rise and Fall of Burley Design Cooperative', Oregon Historical Quarterly, 111 (3), Fall, 312-41. -- Derek C. Jones (1976), 'British Economic Thought on Association of Laborers 1848-1974', Annals of Public and Co-operative Economy, 47 (1), January-March, 5-36 -- Gregory K. Dow (2003), 'Workers' Control in Action (I)' and 'Workers' Control in Action (II)', in Governing the Firm: Workers' Control in Theory and Practice, Chapter 3 and Chapter 4, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 45-66, 67-91, references -- Derek C. Jones (1984), 'American Producer Cooperatives and Employee-Owned Firms: A Historical Perspective', in Robert Jackall and Henry M. Levin (eds), Worker Cooperatives in America, Chapter 3, Berkeley, CA, USA: University of California Press, 37-56, bibliography -- Robert A. Dahl (1985), 'Democracy and the Economic Order' and 'The Right to Democracy Within Firms', in A Preface to Economic Democracy, Chapter 3 and Chapter 4, Berkeley, CA, USA: University of California Press, 84-110, 111-35, bibliography -- Samuel Bowles and Herbert Gintis (1993), 'A Political and Economic Case for the Democratic Enterprise', Economics and Philosophy, 9 (1), April, 75-100 -- John P. Bonin, Derek C. Jones and Louis Putterman (1993), 'Theoretical and Empirical Studies of Producer Cooperatives: Will Ever the Twain Meet?', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXI (3), September, 1290-320 -- Louis Putterman (1993), 'Ownership and the Nature of the Firm', Journal of Comparative Economics, 17 (2), June, 243-63 -- Henry Hansmann (1990), 'The Viability of Worker Ownership: An Economic Perspective on the Political Structure of the Firm', in Masahiko Aoki, Bo Gustafsson and Oliver E. Williamson (eds), The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, Chapter 8, London, UK: SAGE Publications, 162-84
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 27
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784710408
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als The economics of digitization
    DDC: 339.2
    Schlagwort(e): Digitale Güter ; Computerunterstützung ; Digital media Economic aspects ; Internet Economic aspects ; Digital media Government policy ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: 'The digital economy has spurred a burgeoning literature in economics, marketing and strategy. Recent innovations led to the design of new markets with unparalleled data availability and targeted customization. This collection offers an outstanding reference for scholars and data-driven practitioners who wish to understand the subtleties of this new economy.'--Steve Tadelis, UC Berkeley Haas School of Business, US. 'Computers and held held devices are having a profound economic impact, whether in corporate suites or the home. The papers collected in this volume include some of the most important works assessing the consequences of these changes for both businesses and public policy.'--Josh Lerner, Harvard Business School, US. The increasing creation, support, use and consumption of digital representation of information touches a wide breadth of economic activities. This digitization has transformed social interactions, facilitated entirely new industries and undermined others and reshaped the ability of people - consumers, job seekers, managers, government officials and citizens - to access and leverage information. This important book includes seminal papers addressing topics such as the causes and consequences of digitization, factors shaping the structure of products and services and creating an enormous range of new applications and how market participants make their choices over strategic organization, market conduct, and public policies. This authoritative collection, with an original introduction by the editors, will be an invaluable source of reference for students, academics and practitioners with an interest in the economics of digitisation and the digital economy
    Kurzfassung: -- Felix Oberholzer-Gee and Koleman Strumpf (2007), 'The Effect of File Sharing on Record Sales: An Empirical Analysis', Journal of Political Economy, 115 (1), February, 1-42 -- Rafael Rob and Joel Waldfogel (2006), 'Piracy on the High C's: Music Downloading, Sales Displacement, and Social Welfare in a Sample of College Students', Journal of Law and Economics, XLIX (1), April, 29-62 -- Hal R. Varian (2005), 'Copying and Copyright', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 19 (2), Spring, 121-38
    Kurzfassung: Elberse, A. and F. Oberholzer-Gee (2006). Superstars and underdogs: an examination of the long tail phenomenon in video sales. Harvard Business School Working Paper, No. 07-015, September. -- Fleder, D. and K. Hosanagar (2009). Blockbuster culture's next rise or fall: the impact of recommender systems on sales diversity. Management Science, 55 (5), 697-712. -- Forman, C., A. Ghose and B. Wiesenfeld (2008). Examining the relationship between reviews and sales: the role of reviewer identity disclosure in electronic markets. Information Systems Research, 19 (3), 291-313. -- Fudenburg, D. and J. M. Villas-Boas (2006). 'Behavior Based Price Discrimination and Customer Recognition,' in T. Hendershott (ed.), Economics and Information Systems, Bingley, UK: Emerald Group Publishing, pp. 377-435. -- Gandal, N. (2006). The effect of native language on Internet usage. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 182, 25-40. -- Gaspar, J. and Glaeser, E. (1998). Information technology and the future of cities. Journal of Urban Economics, 43 (1), 136-56. -- Gawer, A. and M. Cusumano (2002). Platform Leadership: How Intel, Microsoft and Cisco Drive Innovation. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press. -- Godes, D. and D. Mayzlin (2004). Using online conversations to study word-of-mouth communication. Marketing Science, 23 (4), 545-60. -- Goldfarb, A. (2006). State dependence at Internet portals. Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 15 (2), 317-52. -- Goldfarb, A. and C. Tucker (2012). 'Privacy and Innovation,' in J. Lerner and S. Stern (eds), Innovation Policy and the Economy, Volume 12, Chicago, IL: NBER (University of Chicago Press), pp. 65-89. -- Goldfarb, B., D. Kirsch and M. Pfarrer (2005). Searching for Ghosts: Business Survival, Unmeasured Entrepreneurial Activity and Private Equity Investment in the Dot-Com Era. Robert H. Smith School Research Paper, No. RHS 06-027. Available at: http://ssrn.com/abstract=825687. Accessed 1 June 2013. -- Goldmanis, M., A. Hortaçsu, C. Syverson and O. Emre (2010). E-Commerce and the Market Structure of Retail Industries. Economic Journal, 120 (545), 651-82. -- Goolsbee, A., M. Lovenheim and J. Slemrod (2010). Playing with fire: cigarettes, taxes, and competition from the Internet. American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 2 (1), 131-54. -- Greenstein, S. (2012). 'Internet Infrastructure,' in M. Peitz and J. Waldfogel (eds), Handbook of Digital Economics, New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 3-33. -- Greenstein, S. and R. McDevitt (2011). The broadband bonus: estimating broadband Internet's economic value. Telecommunications Policy, 35, 617-32. -- Jin, G. Z. and A. Kato (2007). Dividing online and offline: a case study. Review of Economic Studies, 74 (3), 981-1004. -- Kenney, M. (2000). Understanding Silicon Valley: The Anatomy of an Entrepreneurial Region. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. -- Lucking-Reiley, D. (2000). Auctions on the Internet: what's being auctioned, and how? Journal of Industrial Economics, 48 (3), 227-52. -- Miller, A. and C. Tucker (2009). Privacy protection and technology diffusion: the case of electronic medical records. Management Science, 55 (7), 1077-93
    Kurzfassung: Fiona Scott Morton, Florian Zettelmeyer and Jorge Silva-Risso (2001), 'Internet Car Retailing', Journal of Industrial Economics, XLIX (4), December, 501-19 -- Glenn Ellison and Sara Fisher Ellison (2009), 'Search, Obfuscation, and Price Elasticities on the Internet', Econometrica, 77 (2), March, 427-52 -- Erik Brynjolfsson and Michael D. Smith (2000), 'Frictionless Commerce? A Comparison of Internet and Conventional Retailers', Management Science, 46 (4), April, 563-85 -- Chris Forman, Anindya Ghose and Avi Goldfarb (2009), 'Competition Between Local and Electronic Markets: How the Benefit of Buying Online Depends on Where You Live', Management Science, 55 (1), January, 47-57 -- Luís Cabral and Ali Hortaçsu (2010), 'The Dynamics of Seller Reputation: Evidence from eBay', Journal of Industrial Economics, LVIII (1), March, 54-78 -- Ajay Agrawal and Avi Goldfarb (2008), 'Restructuring Research: Communication Costs and the Democratization of University Innovation', American Economic Review, 98 (4), September, 1578-90 -- Bernardo S. Blum and Avi Goldfarb (2006), 'Does the Internet Defy the Law of Gravity?', Journal of International Economics, 70 (2), December, 384-405 -- Matthew Gentzkow and Jesse M. Shapiro (2011), 'Ideological Segregation Online and Offline', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 126 (4), 1799-839 -- Xiaoquan (Michael) Zhang and Feng Zhu (2011), 'Group Size and Incentives to Contribute: A Natural Experiment at Chinese Wikipedia', American Economic Review, 101 (4), June, 1601-15 -- Austan Goolsbee (2000), 'In a World without Borders: The Impact of Taxes on Internet Commerce', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 115 (2), May, 561-76 -- Eric T. Anderson, Nathan M. Fong, Duncan I. Simester and Catherine E. Tucker (2010), 'How Sales Taxes Affect Customer and Firm Behavior: The Role of Search on the Internet', Journal of Marketing Research, XLVII (2), April, 229-39 -- Avi Goldfarb and Catherine Tucker (2011), 'Advertising Bans and the Substitutability of Online and Offline Advertising', Journal of Marketing Research, XLVIII (2), April, 207-27 -- Amalia R. Miller and Catherine E. Tucker (2011), 'Can Health Care Information Technology Save Babies?', Journal of Political Economy, 119 (2), April, 289-324 -- Avi Goldfarb and Catherine E. Tucker (2011), 'Privacy Regulation and Online Advertising', Management Science, 57 (1), January, 57-71 -- Ashish Arora, Chris Forman, Anand Nandkumar and Rahul Telang (2010), 'Competition and Patching of Security Vulnerabilities: An Empirical Analysis', Information Economics and Policy, 22 (2), May, 164-77 -- Felix Oberholzer-Gee and Koleman Strumpf (2007), 'The Effect of File Sharing on Record Sales: An Empirical Analysis', Journal of Political Economy, 115 (1), February, 1-42 -- Rafael Rob and Joel Waldfogel (2006), 'Piracy on the High C's: Music Downloading, Sales Displacement, and Social Welfare in a Sample of College Students', Journal of Law and Economics, XLIX (1), April, 29-62 -- Hal R. Varian (2005), 'Copying and Copyright', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 19 (2), Spring, 121-38
    Kurzfassung: Miller, A. and C. Tucker (2011). Encryption and the loss of patient data. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 30 (3), 534-56. -- Mowery, D. and Simcoe, T. (2002). The Origins and Evolution of the Internet, in R. Nelson, B. Steil and D. Victor (eds), Technological Innovation and Economic Performance. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, pp. 229-64. -- Murthi, B. and S. Sarkar (2003). The role of the management sciences in research on personalization. Management Science, 49 (10), 1344-132. -- Oestreicher-Singer, G. and A. Sundararajan (2012). Recommendation networks and the long tail of electronic commerce. MIS Quarterly, 36 (2), 65-83. -- Ou, G. (2008). A Policy Maker's Guide to Network Management. Available at: http://www.itif.org/index.php?id=205. Accessed 1 June 2013. -- Romanosky, S., R. Telang and A. Acquisti (2011). Do data breach disclosure laws reduce identity theft? Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 30 (2), 256-86. -- Rosston, G. (2009). The rise and fall of third party high speed access. Information, Economics and Policy, 21, 21-33. -- Sinai, T. and J. Waldfogel (2004). Geography and the Internet: Is the Internet a substitute or a complement for cities? Journal of Urban Economics, 56 (1), 1-24. -- Stigler, George J., (1961). The Economics of Information. Journal of Political Economy, 69(3), 213-225. -- Sunstein, C. (2001). Republic.com. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. -- Varian, H. (1980). A model of sales. American Economic Review, 70 (September), 651-9. -- Waldfogel, J. and Lu Chen, (2006). Does information undermine brand? Information intermediary use and preference for branded web retailers. Journal of Industrial Economics, 54(4), December, 425-449. -- Shane Greenstein (2000), 'Building and Delivering the Virtual World: Commercializing Services for Internet Access', Journal of Industrial Economics, XLVIII (4), December, 391-411 -- Timothy Simcoe (2012), 'Standard Setting Committees: Consensus Governance for Shared Technology Platforms', American Economic Review, 102 (1), February, 305-36 -- Timothy F. Bresnahan and Shane Greenstein (1999), 'Technological Competition and the Structure of the Computer Industry', Journal of Industrial Economics, XLVII (1), March, 1-40 -- Gregory L. Rosston, Scott J. Savage and Donald M. Waldman (2010), 'Household Demand for Broadband Internet in 2010', B.E. Journal of Economic Analysis and Policy, 10 (1), i, ii, 1-43 -- Erik Brynjolfsson, Yu (Jeffrey) Hu and Michael D. Smith (2003), 'Consumer Surplus in the Digital Economy: Estimating the Value of Increased Product Variety at Online Booksellers', Management Science, 49 (11), November, 1580-96 -- Scott Wallsten and Colleen Mallahan (2010), 'Residential Broadband Competition in the United States', March, 1-36. Available at SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1684236 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.1684236 -- Michael R. Baye, John Morgan and Patrick Scholten (2004), 'Price Dispersion in the Small and in the Large: Evidence from an Internet Price Comparison Site', Journal of Industrial Economics, LII (4), December, 463-96
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Acquisti, A. and H. R. Varian (2005). Conditioning prices on purchase history. Marketing Science, 24 (3), 367-81. -- Anderson, C. (2006).The Long Tail: Why the Future of Business is Selling Less of More. New York: Hyperion. -- Ansari, A. and C. Mela (2003). E-customization. Journal of Marketing Research, 40 (2), 131-45. -- Bajari, P. and A. Hortaçsu (2003). The winner's curse, reserve prices, and endogenous entry: empirical insights from eBay auctions. RAND Journal of Economics, 34 (2, Summer), 329-55. -- Bajari, P. and A. Hortaçsu (2004). Economic insights from Internet auctions. Journal of Economic Literature, 42 (2), 457-86. -- Bakos, J. (1997). Reducing buyer search costs: implications for electronic marketplaces. Management Science, 43 (12), 1676-92. -- Bakos, Y. and Brynjolfsson, E. (2000). Bundling and competition on the Internet: aggregation strategies for information goods. Marketing Science, 19 (1), January, 63-82. -- Balasubramanian, S. (1998). Mail versus mall: a strategic analysis of competition between direct marketers and conventional retailers. Marketing Science, 17 (3), 181-95. -- Bar Isaac, H., G. Caruana and V. Cunat (2012). Search, design, and market structure. American Economic Review, 102 (2), 1140-60. -- Brown, J. and A. Goolsbee (2002). Does the Internet make markets more competitive? Evidence from the life insurance industry. Journal of Political Economy, 110 (3, June), 481-507. -- Cairncross, F. (1997). The Death of Distance. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. -- Castells, M. (2003). The Internet galaxy: reflections on the Internet, business, and society. Abingdon, UK: Taylor and Francis. -- Chen, P.-Y. and L. Hitt (2002). Measuring switching costs and the determinants of customer retention in Internet-enabled businesses: a study of the online brokerage industry. Information Systems Research, 13 (3, September), 255-74. -- Chen, Y. and S. Savage (2011). The effects of competition on the price for cable modem Internet access. The Review of Economics and Statistics, 93 (1), 201-17. -- Chevalier, J. and D. Mayzlin (2006). The effect of word of mouth on sales: online book reviews. Journal of Marketing Research, 43 (3), 345-54. -- Crandall, R. (2005). 'Broadband Communications,' in M. Cave, S. Majumdar and I. Vogelsang (eds), Handbook of Telecommunications Economics, Amsterdam: Elsevier, pp. 156-87. -- Cusumano, M. and D. Yoffie (1998). Competing on Internet Time: Lessons from Netscape and Its Battle with Microsoft. New York: Free Press. -- Diamond, P. (1971). A simple model of price adjustment. Journal of Economic Theory, 3, 156-68. -- Downes, T. and S. Greenstein (2002), Universal access and local Internet markets in the U.S. Research Policy, 31, 1035-52. -- Einav, L., D. Knoepe, J. D. Levin and N. Sundaresan (2012), Sales taxes and internet commerce. Working Paper 18018, National Bureau of Economic Research
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 28
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784710446
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Pharmaceutical economics
    DDC: 338.476151
    Schlagwort(e): Pharmaindustrie ; Arzneimittel ; Arzneimittelmarkt ; Pharmaceutical industry Economic aspects ; Drug development Economic aspects ; Pharmaceutical industry Research ; Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Arzneimittelwirtschaft
    Kurzfassung: Pharmaceutical Economics begins with an investigation of the structure of the industry and its three main components: the research firms which produce innovative products; the generic drug industry and its expanding role; and the biotech industry, which is regarded as the future for pharmaceuticals. Further sections discuss topics including demand and incentives, pricing and regulation. Professor Comanor and Professor Schweitzer have selected the most significant articles by leading academics, in order to offer a blend of standard economic interpretations of pharmaceutical policy and important new topics including biosimilars, insurance coverage for pharmaceuticals, price-fixing and direct-to-consumer advertising. An authoritative new introduction by the editors provides an insightful guide to these important topics
    Kurzfassung: Bernard Munos (2009), 'Lessons from 60 Years of Pharmaceutical Innovation', Nature Reviews/Drug Discovery, 8, December, 959-68 -- Richard E. Caves, Michael D. Whinston and Mark A. Hurwitz (1991), 'Patent Expiration, Entry, and Competition in the U.S. Pharmaceutical Industry', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity. Microeconomics 1991, 1-48, 64-66 -- Henry Grabowski (2007), 'Competition between Generic and Branded Drugs', in Frank A. Sloan and Chee-Ruey Hseih (eds), Pharmaceutical Innovation: Incentives, Competition, and Cost-Benefit Analysis in International Perspective, Chapter 8, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 153-73, notes, references -- Fiona M. Scott Morton (1999), 'Entry Decisions in the Generic Pharmaceutical Industry', RAND Journal of Economics, 30 (3), Autumn, 421-40 -- Richard G. Frank and David S. Salkever (1997), 'Generic Entry and the Pricing of Pharmaceuticals', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 6 (1), Spring, 75-90 -- Steven Kozlowski, Janet Woodcock, Karen Midthun and Rachel Behrman Sherman (2011), 'Developing the Nation's Biosimilars Program', New England Journal of Medicine, 365 (5), August, 385-88 -- Scott Gottlieb (2008), 'Biosimilars: Policy, Clinical, and Regulatory Considerations', American Journal of Health-System Pharmacy, 65 (14 Supplement 6), July 15, S2-S8 -- Willard G. Manning, Joseph P. Newhouse, Naihua Duan, Emmett B. Keeler, Arleen Leibowitz and M. Susan Marquis (1987), 'Health Insurance and the Demand for Medical Care: Evidence from a Randomized Experiment', American Economic Review, 77 (3), June, 251-77 -- Frank R. Lichtenberg and Shawn X. Sun (2007), 'The Impact of Medicare Part D on Prescription Drug Use by the Elderly', Health Affairs, 26 (6), November, 1735-44 -- Meredith B. Rosenthal, Ernst R. Berndt, Julie M. Donohue, Arnold M. Epstein and Richard G. Frank (2003), Demand Effects of Recent Changes in Prescription Drug Promotion, Report of the Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation #6085, June, 1-33 -- Davina C. Ling, Ernst R. Berndt and Margaret K. Kyle (2002), 'Deregulating Direct-to-Consumer Marketing of Prescription Drugs: Effects on Prescription and Over-the-Counter Product Sales', Journal of Law and Economics, XLV, October, 691-723 -- Michele M. Spence, Stephanie S. Teleki, T. Craig Cheetham, Stuart O. Schweitzer and Mirta Millares (2005), 'Direct-to-Consumer Advertising of COX-2 Inhibitors: Effect on Appropriateness of Prescribing', Medical Care Research and Review, 62 (5), October, 544-59 -- Joel W. Hay (2004), 'Evaluation and Review of Pharmacoeconomic Models', Expert Opinion in Pharmacotherapy, 5 (9), September, 1-14 [1867-80] -- Ernst R. Berndt (2002), 'Pharmaceuticals in U.S. Health Care: Determinants of Quantity and Price', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16 (4), Fall, 45-66 -- Z. John Lu and William S. Comanor (1998), 'Strategic Pricing of New Pharmaceuticals', Review of Economics and Statistics, 80 (1), February, 108-18 -- Jayanta Bhattacharya and William B. Vogt (2003), 'A Simple Model of Pharmaceutical Price Dynamics', Journal of Law and Economics, XLVI (2), October, 599-626 -- Stuart O. Schweitzer and William S. Comanor (2011), 'Prices of Pharmaceuticals in Poor Countries are Much Lower than in Wealthy Countries', Health Affairs, 30 (8), August, 1553-61 -- Patricia M. Danzon and Li-Wei Chao (2000), 'Cross-national Price Differences for Pharmaceuticals: How Large, and Why?', Journal of Health Economics, 19 (2), March, 159-95 -- Daniel Carpenter and Gisela Sin (2007), 'Policy Tragedy and the Emergence of Regulation: The Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act of 1938', Studies in American Political Development, 21 (2), Fall, 149-80
    Kurzfassung: Ernst R. Berndt, Robert S. Pindyck and Pierre Azoulay (2003), 'Consumption Externalities and Diffusion in Pharmaceutical Markets: Antiulcer Drugs', Journal of Industrial Economics, LI (2), June, 243-70 -- David Granlund (2010), 'Price and Welfare Effects of Pharmaceutical Substitution Reform', Journal of Health Economics, 29 (6), December, 856-65 -- Adrian Towse (2007), 'If It Ain't Broke, Don't Price Fix It: The OFT and the PPRS', Health Economics, 16 (7), July, 653-65 -- Stuart O. Schweitzer (2007), 'The Timing of Drug Approvals in the United States and Abroad', in Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy, Second Edition, Chapter 9, New York, NY: Oxford University Press, Inc., 191-206
    Kurzfassung: IMS Institute for Healthcare Informatics (2011). The Use of Medicines in the United States: Review of 2010, April. -- IMS Institute for Healthcare Informatics (2012). The Global Use of Medicines: Outlook Through 2016, July. -- Intriligator, M. (1996). Drug Evaluations: Type I vs Type II Errors. Research Program in Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy, UCLA. May. -- Karki, L. (2005). Review of FDA Law Related to Pharmaceuticals: The Hatch-Waxman Act, Regulatory Amendments and Implications for Drug Patent Enforcement, Journal of the Patent & Trademark Office Society. 87, 602-20. -- Kessler, D., Rose, J. L., Temple, R. J., Schapiro, R. and Griffen, J. P. (1994). Therapeutic-Class Wars - Drug Promotion in a Competitive Marketplace, New England Journal of Medicine, 331, 1350-53. -- Langenfeld, J. and Maness, R. (2003). The Cost of PBM 'Self-Dealing' Under A Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit, Unpublished Paper. -- Leffler, K. B. (1981). Persuasion or Information? The Economics of Prescription Drug Advertising, Journal of Law & Economics, 24(1), April, 45-74. -- Ma, Q. and Lu, A. Y. H. (2011). Pharmacogenetics, Pharmacogenomics, and Individualized Medicine, Pharmacological Reviews, 63(2), 437. -- Miller, H. I. (2000). To America's Health: A Proposal to Reform the Food and Drug Administration, Hoover Institution Press, Stanford, CA. -- Miller, R. D., Jr. and Frech, H. E. III (2004). Healthcare Matters: Pharmaceuticals, Obesity and the Quality of Life, American Enterprise Institute, 2-30. -- Peltzman, S. (1973). An Evaluation of Consumer Protection Legislation: The 1962 Drug Amendments, Journal of Political Economy, 81(5), 1049-91. -- Reiffen, D. E. and Ward, M. E. (2005). Generic Drug Industry Dynamics, Review of Economics and Statistics, 87, 37-49. -- Reinhart, U. (2001). Perspectives on the Pharmaceutical Industry, Health Affairs, 20(5), 136-49. -- Scherer, F. M. (2010). 'Pharmeceutical Innovation,' in Hall, B. and Rosenberg, N., eds, Handbook of the Economics of Technological Industry, North Holland, 552. -- Schwartzman, D. (1976). Innovation in the Pharmaceutical Industry, The Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, MD. -- Schweitzer, S. O. (2007). Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy, 2nd edition, Oxford University Press, Oxford. -- Schweitzer, S. O. (2013). How the US Food and Drug Administration Can Solve the Prescription Drug Shortage Problem, American Journal of Public Health, Public Health Policy Briefs, e1-e5. -- Scott Morton, F. (2000). Barriers to Entry, Brand Advertising, and Generic Entry in the US Pharmaceutical Industry, International Journal of Industrial Organization, 18(7), 1085-104. -- Scriabine, A. (1999). 'The Role of Biotechnology in Drug Development,' in Landau, R. et al., eds, Pharmaceutical Innovation, Chemical Heritage Press, 271-97
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Blume-Kohout, M. E. and Sood, N. (2013). Market Size and Innovation: Effects of Medicare Part D on Pharmaceutical Research and Development, Journal of Public Economics, 97, 327-36. -- Bond, R. S. and Lean, D. F. (1979). Sales, Promotion, and Products Differentiation in Two Prescription Drug Markets, Staff Report to the FTC, 46. -- Boslaugh, S. (2008). Encyclopedia of Epidemiology, Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, CA, p. 395. -- Carpenter, D. (2010). Reputation and Power: Organizational Image and Pharmaceutical Regulation at the FDA, Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ. -- Carpenter, D. and Sin, G. (2007). Policy Tragedy and the Emergence of Regulation: The Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act of 1938, Studies in American Political Development, 21(02), 149-80. -- Clarkson, K. (1977). Intangible Capital and Rates of Return: Effects of Research and Promotion on Profitability, American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research. -- Cockburn, I. M. (2004). The Changing Structure of the Pharmaceutical Industry, Health Affairs, 23(1), 10. -- Cockburn, I. M. and Henderson, R. (2001). Scale and Scope in Drug Development: Unpacking the Advantages of Size in Pharmaceutical Research, Journal of Health Economics, 751, 1-25. -- Comanor, W. S. and Scherer, F. M. (2013). Mergers and Innovation in the Pharmaceutical Industry, Journal of Health Economics, 32, 106-13. -- Comanor, W. S. and Schweitzer, S. O. (2007). Determinants of Drug Prices and Expenditures, Managerial and Decision Economics, 28, 358-70. -- Danzon, P. M. and Furukawa, M. F. (2008). International Prices and Availability of Pharmaceuticals in 2005, Health Affairs, 27(1), 221-33. -- Danzon, P. M. and Pauly, M. (2002). Health Insurance and the Growth of Pharmaceutical Expenditures, Journal of Law and Economics, XLV, 587-613. -- Davis, M., Poisal, J., Chulis, G., Zarabozo, C. and Cooper, B. (1999). Prescription Drug Coverage, Utilization, and Spending Among Medicare Beneficiaries, Health Affairs, 18(1), 231-43. -- DiMasi, J. A., Hansen, R. W. and Grabowski, H. G. (2003). The Price of Innovation: New Estimates of Drug Development Costs. Journal of Health Economics, 22(2), 151-85. -- Duggan, M. and Scott Morton, F. (2006). The Distortionary Effects of Government Procurement: Evidence from Medicaid Prescription Drug Purchasing, Quarterly Journal of Economics, 121(1), 1-29. -- Esposito, D. (2006). Copayments and the Demand for Perscription Drugs. Routledge, Abingdon, Oxon, UK and New York, NY. -- Fierce Biotech. (2013). The Biotech Market Share Report. Available at: http://www.fiercebiotech.com/special-reports/biotech-marketshare-report. -- Gellad, W. F., Schneeweiss, S., Brawarsky, P., Lipsitz, S. and Hass, J. (2008). What if the Federal Government Negotiated Pharmaceutical Prices for Seniors? An Estimate of National Savings, Journal of General Internal Medicine, 23(9), 1435-40. -- Grabowski, H. G. and Vernon, J. M. (1994). Returns to R&D on New Drug Introductions in the 1980s, Journal of Health Economics, 13(4), 383-406. -- Gray, A. and Manasse, H. R. (2012). Shortages of Medicines: A Complex Global Challenge, Bulletin of the World Health Organization, 90, 158-158A
    Kurzfassung: Sorrell v. IMS Health, Inc. (2011). 131 S. Ct. 2653, 2659, 180 L. Ed. 2d 544. -- Stafford, R. S. (2008). Regulating Off-Label Drug Use - Rethinking the Role of the FDA, New England Journal of Medicine, 358(14), 1427-29. -- United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment (USOTA) (1993). Pharmaceutical R&D: Costs, Risks and Rewards. OTA-H-522. US Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. -- United States Congressional Budget Office (CBO) (2005). Prices for Brand-Name Drugs Under Selected Federal Programs. US Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. -- United States Congressional Budget Office (CBO) (2009). Pharmaceutical R&D and the Evolving Market for Prescription Drugs. US Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. -- United States v. Caronia (2012). WL 5992141 (US Court of Appeals, 2d Cir., Dec. 3, 2012). -- United States, Statistical Abstract of the United States (Stat. Abs U.S.) (2011). US Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. -- Weiss, D., Naik, P. and Weiss, R. (2009). The 'Big Pharma' Dilemma: Develop New Drugs or Promote Existing Ones? Nature Reviews/Drug Discovery, 8, 533. -- Wiecek, A. and Mikhail, A. (2006). European Regulatory Guidelines for Biosimilars, Nephrology Dialysis Transplantation, 21: Suppl 5, v17-v20. -- Patricia M. Danzon, Andrew Epstein and Sean Nicholson (2007), 'Mergers and Acquisitions in the Pharmaceutical and Biotech Industries', Managerial and Decision Economics, 28 (4-5), June-August, 307-28 -- Iain Cockburn and Rebecca Henderson (1994), 'Racing to Invest? The Dynamics of Competition in Ethical Drug Discovery', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 3 (3), Fall, 481-519 -- William S. Comanor (2007), 'The Economics of Research and Development in the Pharmaceutical Industry', in Frank A. Sloan and Chee-Ruey Hsieh (eds), Pharmaceutical Innovation: Incentives, Competition, and Cost-Benefit Analysis in International Perspective, Chapter 3, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 54-72, notes, references -- Joseph A. DiMasi, Ronald W. Hansen, Henry G. Grabowski and Louis Lasagna (1991), 'Cost of Innovation in the Pharmaceutical Industry', Journal of Health Economics, 10 (2), July, 107-42 -- Rebecca Henderson and Iain Cockburn (1996), 'Scale, Scope, and Spillovers: The Determinants of Research Productivity in Drug Discovery', RAND Journal of Economics, 27 (1), Spring, 32-59 -- F.M. Scherer (2001), 'The Link between Gross Profitability and Pharmaceutical R&D Spending', Health Affairs, 20 (5), September, 216-20 -- Patricia M. Danzon, Sean Nicholson and Nuno Sousa Pereira (2005), 'Productivity in Pharmaceutical-Biotechnology R&D: The Role of Experience and Alliances', Journal of Health Economics, 24 (2), March, 317-39 -- Henry Grabowski, John Vernon and Joseph A. DiMasi (2002), 'Returns on Research and Development for 1990s New Drug Introductions', PharmacoEconomics, 20 (3 Supplement), December, 11-29 -- Mark Duggan and Fiona Scott Morton (2010), 'The Effect of Medicare Part D on Pharmaceutical Prices and Utilization', American Economic Review, 100 (1), March, 590-607 -- Frank R. Lichtenberg (2003), 'Pharmaceutical Innovation, Mortality Reduction, and Economic Growth', in Kevin M. Murphy and Robert H. Topel (eds), Measuring the Gains from Medical Research: An Economic Approach, Chapter 3, Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 74-109
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 29
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784710392
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als The economic theory of income inequality
    DDC: 339.2
    Schlagwort(e): Einkommensverteilung ; Verteilungsgerechtigkeit ; Verteilungstheorie ; Income distribution Econometric models ; Income distribution ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: 'This book contains a high-level collection of papers by some of today's leading distributional analysts. The chapters are well-chosen and are written by respected authors with international profiles. The book will be highly valued as a reference work, by research economists and practitioners, as well as by postgraduate students and professors at universities where distributional measurement theory and application is dealt with at the PhD level.'--Peter Lambert, University of Oregon, US. The very meaning of economic inequality is fundamental for understanding today's policy debates over issues such as interpreting changes in income inequality over time, across countries, or between groups within a society, as well as determining whether or not society is becoming more polarized with a shrinking middle class. Professor Becker has selected seminal papers covering topics including foundations of income inequality measurement, the social welfare view of inequality and directions for future research on economic inequality. Along with a new and original introduction, this essential single volume is an indispensable tool for scholars and practitioners alike
    Kurzfassung: Gary S. Fields and John C.H. Fei (1978), 'On Inequality Comparisons', Econometrica, 46 (2), (March), 303-16. -- Irving Fisher (1930), The Theory of Interest, Macmillan. -- March Fleurbaey and François Maniquet (2011), A Theory of Fairness and Social Welfare, Cambridge University Press. -- Corrado Gini (1912), Variabilità e Mutabilità, Bologna. -- Claudia Goldin and Lawrence F. Katz (2008), The Race Between Education and Technology, The Belknap Press of Harvard University. -- G.H. Hardy, J.E. Littlewood, and G. Pólya (1952), Inequalities, Second Edition, Cambridge University Press. (Reprinted edition 1967.) -- Jack Hirshleifer and John G. Riley (1992), The Analytics of Uncertainty and Information, Cambridge University Press. -- Serge-Christophe Kolm (1976a), 'Unequal Inequalities. I', Journal of Economic Theory, 12, 416-42. -- Serge-Christophe Kolm (1976b), 'Unequal Inequalities. II', Journal of Economic Theory, 13, 82-111. -- Peter J. Lambert (2001), The Distribution and Redistribution of Income, Third Edition, Manchester University Press. -- Peter J. Lambert and Ivica Urban (2010), 'Miodrag Tomić's 1949 Article on Inequalities', Journal of Income Inequality, 8, 121-22. -- Haim Levy (2012), The Capital Asset Pricing Model in the 21st Century, Cambridge University Press. -- Albert W. Marshall and Ingram Olkin (1979), Inequalities: Theory of Majorization and Its Applications, Academic Press. -- Albert W. Marshall, Ingram Olkin, and Barry C. Arnold (2011), Inequalities: Theory of Majorization and Its Applications, Second Edition, Springer. -- Branko Milanovic (2005), Worlds Apart: Measuring International and Global Inequality, Princeton University Press. -- Branko Milanovic (2012), 'Global Income Inequality by the Numbers: in History and Now - An Overview', Policy Research Working Paper 6259, The World Bank, November -- Karl Mosler (2002), Multivariate Dispersion, Central Regions and Depth: The Lift Zonoid Approach, Springer. -- R.F. Muirhead (1903), 'Some Methods Applicable to Identities and Inequalities of Symmetric Algebraic Functions of n Letters', Proceedings of the Edinburgh Mathematical Society, 21, 144-57. -- David Newberry (1970), 'A Theorem on the Measurement of Income Inequality', Journal of Economic Theory, 2, 264-66
    Kurzfassung: Jan Pen (1971), Income Distribution, Allen Lane: The Penguin Press. -- Thomas Piketty and Emanual Saez (2003), 'Income Inequality in the United States: 1913-1998', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118, (February), 1-39. -- A.C. Pigou (1912), Wealth and Welfare, Macmillan and Co, Ltd. -- A.C. Pigou (1920), The Economics of Welfare, Macmillan and Co., Ltd. -- Graham Pyatt (1976), 'On the Interpretation and Disaggregation of the Gini Coefficients', The Economic Journal, 86 (342), (June), 243-55. -- Michael Rothschild and Joseph E. Stiglitz (1973), 'Some Further Results on the Measurement of Income Inequality', Journal of Economic Theory, 6 (2), (April), 188-204. -- Donald G. Saari (2001), Decisions and Elections: Explaining the Unexpected, Cambridge University Press. -- Donald G. Saari (2008), Disposing Dictators, Demystifying Voting Paradoxes: Social Choice Analysis, Cambridge University Press. -- David Schmeidler (1979), 'A Bibliographic Note on a Theorem of Hardy, Littlewood and Pólya', Journal of Economic Theory, 20, 125-28. -- Amartya Sen (1973), On Economic Inequality, W.W. Norton & Company. -- Amartya Sen (1992), Inequality Reexamined, Russell Sage Foundation and Oxford University Press (reprinted 2002). -- Amartya Sen (1997), On Economic Inequality: Expanded edition with a substantial annex by James E. Foster and Amartya Sen, Oxford University Press. -- Eytan Sheshinski (1972), 'Relation Between a Social Welfare Function and the Gini Index of Income Inequality', Journal of Economic Theory, 4, 98-100. -- Anthony E. Shorrocks (1983), 'Ranking Income Distributions', Economica, New Series, 50, (February), 3-17. -- Joseph E. Stiglitz, Amartya Sen, and Jean-Paul Fitoussi (2010), Mis-Measuring Our Lives: Why GDP Doesn't Add Up, The New Press. -- Robert Sugden (1993), 'Welfare, Resources, and Capabilities: A Review of Inequality Reexamined by Amartya Sen', Journal of Economic Literature, 31 (4), (December), 1947-62. -- Larry S. Temkin (1993), Inequality, Oxford University Press. -- James E. Foster (1985), 'Inequality Measurement', in H. Peyton Young (ed.), Fair Allocation, American Mathematical Society, Providence, Rhode Island, 31-68 -- Joseph Persky (1992), 'Retrospectives: Pareto's Law', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 6 (2), Spring, 181-92
    Kurzfassung: James E. Foster (1983), 'An Axiomatic Characterization of the Theil Measure of Income Inequality', Journal of Economic Theory, 31 (1), October, 105-21 -- Satya R. Chakravarty (2007), 'A Deprivation-based Axiomatic Characterization of the Absolute Bonferroni Index of Inequality', Journal of Economic Inequality, 5 (3), December, 339-51 -- Francois Bourguignon (1979), 'Decomposable Income Inequality Measures', Econometrica, 47 (4), July, 901-20 -- A.F. Shorrocks (1980), 'The Class of Additively Decomposable Inequality Measures', Econometrica, 48 (3), April, 613-25 -- Anthony F. Shorrocks (1984), 'Inequality Decomposition by Population Subgroups', Econometrica, 52 (6), November, 1369-85 -- Esfandiar Maasoumi (1986), 'The Measurement and Decomposition of Multi-Dimensional Inequality', Econometrica, 54 (4), July, 991-97 -- John A. Weymark (1981), 'Generalized Gini Inequality Indices', Mathematical Social Sciences, 1 (4), August, 409-30 -- Shlomo Yitzhaki (1983), 'On an Extension of the Gini Inequality Index', International Economic Review, 24 (3), October, 617-28 -- Frank A. Cowell and Kiyoshi Kuga (1981), 'Inequality Measurement: An Axiomatic Approach', European Economic Review, 15 (3), March, 287-305 -- Frank A. Cowell and Kiyoshi Kuga (1981), 'Additivity and the Entropy Concept: An Axiomatic Approach to Inequality Measurement', Journal of Economic Theory, 25 (1), August, 131-43 -- A.B. Atkinson and F. Bourguignon (1982), 'The Comparison of Multi-Dimensioned Distributions of Economic Status', Review of Economic Studies, XLIX (2), April, 183-201 -- Kai-Yuen Tsui (1995), 'Multidimensional Generalizations of the Relative and Absolute Inequality Indices: The Atkinson-Kolm-Sen Approach', Journal of Economic Theory, 67 (1), October, 251-65 -- Gleb Koshevoy (1998), 'The Lorenz Zonotope and Multivariate Majorizations', Social Choice and Welfare, 15 (1), January, 1-14 -- Joan-María Esteban and Debraj Ray (1994), 'On the Measurement of Polarization', Econometrica, 62 (4), July, 819-51 -- James E. Foster and Michael C. Wolfson (2010), 'Polarization and the Decline of the Middle Class: Canada and the U.S.', Journal of Economic Inequality, 8 (2), June, 247-73
    Kurzfassung: M.O. Lorenz (1905), 'Methods of Measuring the Concentration of Wealth' Publications of the American Statistical Association, 9 (70), June, 209-19 -- Daniel B. Levine and Neil M. Singer (1970), 'The Mathematical Relation Between the Income Density Function and the Measurement of Income Inequality', Econometrica, 38 (2), March, 324-30 -- Joseph L. Gastwirth (1971), 'A General Definition of the Lorenz Curve', Econometrica, 39 (6), November, 1037-39 -- N.C. Kakwani (1977), 'Applications of Lorenz Curves in Economic Analysis', Econometrica, 45 (3), April, 719-27 -- Rolf Aaberge (2009), 'Ranking Intersecting Lorenz Curves', Social Choice and Welfare, 33 (2), August, 235-59 -- S. Ch. Kolm ([1969] 2001), 'The Optimal Production of Social Justice', in J. Margolis and H. Guitton (eds), Public Economics: An Analysis of Public Production and Consumption and Their Relations to the Private Sectors, Chapter 7, London: UK, Macmillan, 145-200 (corrected by author and reset) -- Anthony B. Atkinson (1970), 'On the Measurement of Inequality', Journal of Economic Theory, 2 (3), September, 244-63 -- G.H. Hardy, J.E Littlewood and G. Pólya (1929), 'Some Simple Inequalities Satisfied by Convex Functions', Messenger of Mathematics, LVIII, May-April, 145-52 -- Miodrag Tomic ́(2010), 'Gauss' Theorem Concerning the Center of Gravity and its Application', Journal of Economic Inequality, 8 (1), March, 123-32 -- A.B. Atkinson (2008), 'More on the Measurement of Inequality', Journal of Economic Inequality, 6 (3), September, 277-83 -- Anthony F. Shorrocks and James E. Foster (1987), 'Transfer Sensitive Inequality Measures', Review of Economic Studies, LIV (3), July, 485-97 -- James Davies and Michael Hoy (1994), 'The Normative Significance of Using Third-Degree Stochastic Dominance in Comparing Income Distributions', Journal of Economic Theory, 64 (2), December, 520-30 -- Dominique Thon and Stein W. Wallace (2004), 'Dalton Transfers, Inequality and Altruism', Social Choice and Welfare, 22 (3), June, 447-65 -- Ronny Aboudi, Dominique Thon and Stein W. Wallace (2010), 'Inequality Comparisons when the Populations Differ in Size', Journal of Economic Inequality, 8 (1), March, 47-70 -- Amartya Sen (1974), 'Informational Bases of Alternative Welfare Approaches', Journal of Public Economics, 3 (4), November, 387-403 -- Camilo Dagum (1990), 'On the Relationship between Income Inequality Measures and Social Welfare Functions', Journal of Econometrics, 43 (1-2), 91-102 -- Karl Mosler and Pietro Muliere (1996), 'Inequality Indices and the Starshaped Principle of Transfers', Statistical Papers, 37 (4), December, 343-64 -- Robert Dorfman (1979), 'A Formula for the Gini Coefficient', Review of Economics and Statistics, LXI (1), February, 146-49 -- Dominique Thon (1982), 'An Axiomatization of the Gini Coefficient', Mathematical Social Sciences, 2 (2), March, 131-43
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Ronny Aboudi and Dominique Thon (2006), 'Refinements of Muirhead's Lemma and Income Inequality', Mathematical Social Sciences, 51, pp. 21-216. -- Hayward R. Alker, Jr., and Bruce M. Russett (1966), 'Indices for Comparing Inequality', in Richard L. Merritt and Stein Rokkan (eds), Comparing Nations: The Use of Quantitative Data in Cross-National Research, Chapter 16, Yale University Press. -- Y. Amiel and F.A. Cowell (1999), Thinking About Inequality, Cambridge University Press. -- Barry C. Arnold (1987), Majorization and the Lorenz Order: A Brief Introduction, Lecture Notes in Statistics, 43, Springer. -- Barry C. Arnold (2007), 'Majorization: Here, There, Everywhere', Statistical Science, 22, 407-13. -- Barry C. Arnold (2008), 'The Lorenz Curve: Evergreen after 100 years', Chapter 2 in Gianni Betti and Achille Lemmi (eds), Advances on Income Inequality and Concentration Measures, Routledge, Taylor and Francis Group. -- Anthony B. Atkinson (1975), The Economics of Inequality, Clarendon Press. -- Robert A. Becker (2010), Lecture Notes on Income Inequality, Indiana University, August, available at: http://php.indiana.edu/~becker/Income%20Inequality%. -- Claude Berge (1963), Topological Spaces (including a treatment of Multi-Valued Functions, Vector Spaces, and Convexity), translated by E.M. Patterson, The Macmillan Company. -- Charles Blackorby and David Donaldson (1977), 'Utility vs. Equity: Some Plausible Quasi-Orderings', Journal of Public Economics, 7, 365-81. -- Charles Blackorby and David Donaldson (1978), 'Measures of Relative Equality and Their Meaning in Terms of Social Welfare', Journal of Economic Theory, 18, 9-80. -- David M. Bressoud (1999), Proofs and Confirmations: The Story of the Alternative Sign Matrix Conjecture, Cambridge University Press. -- Satya R. Chakravarty (2009), Inequality, Polarization and Poverty: Advances in Distributional Analysis, Springer. -- D.G. Champernowne and F.A. Cowell (1998), Economic Inequality and Income Distribution, Cambridge University Press. -- Frank A. Cowell (2011), Measuring Inequality, Third Edition, Oxford University Press. -- Hugh Dalton (1920), 'The Measurement of the Inequality of Incomes', The Economic Journal, 30 (119), (September), 348-61. -- Partha Dasgupta, Amartya Sen, and David Starrett (1973), 'Notes on the Measurement of Inequality', Journal of Economic Theory, 6 (2), (April), 180-87. -- Carmen DeNavas-Walt, Bernadette D. Proctor, and Jessica C. Smith (2012), Income, Poverty, and Health Insurance Coverage in the United States: 2011, US Commerce Department Survey of Current Population Reports, issued September 2012. -- Emanuel Derman (2011), Models Behaving Badly, The Free Press. -- Gary S. Fields (2001), Distribution and Development: A New Look at the Developing World, Russell Sage Foundation and The MIT Press
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 30
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781784710378
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (1 v) , cm
    Serie: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als The costs of economic growth
    DDC: 338.9
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Entwicklung ; Soziale Kosten ; Steady-State-Ökonomie ; Economic development Forecasting ; Economic development Social aspects ; Economic development ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This book is a convenient and comprehensive collection of seminal papers on the costs of economic growth. The papers are grouped in 6 sections covering: the origins of the debate, the limits to growth, measurement, international and global dimensions, developing countries, and looking ahead. The original introduction, written by the editor, draws out the main themes that run through this extensive and thought provoking literature. This timely collection is is intended for academics, students, researchers and anyone interested in this controversial topic
    Kurzfassung: Bédia F. Aka (2008), 'Effects of Trade and Growth on Air Pollution in the Aggregated Sub-Saharan Africa', International Journal of Applied Econometrics and Quantitative Studies, 5 (1), 5-14 -- Joysri Acharyya (2009), 'FDI, Growth and the Environment: Evidence from India on CO2 Emission During the Last Two Decades', Journal of Economic Development, 34 (1), June, 43-58 -- Zongguo Wen and Jining Chen (2008), 'A Cost-Benefit Analysis for the Economic Growth in China', Ecological Economics, 65 (2), April, 356-66 -- Sheng Zhao, Changwen Wu, Huasheng Hong and Luoping Zhang (2009), 'Linking the Concept of Ecological Footprint and Valuation of Ecosystem Services - A Case Study of Economic Growth and Natural Carrying Capacity', International Journal of Sustainable Development and World Ecology, 16 (2), April, 137-42 -- Arthur P.J. Mol (2011), 'China's Ascent and Africa's Environment', Global Environmental Change, 21 (3), August, 785-94 -- Matthew A. Cole, Robert J.R. Elliott and Jing Zhang (2011), 'Growth, Foreign Direct Investment, and the Environment: Evidence from Chinese Cities', Journal of Regional Science, 51 (1), 121-38 -- Herman E. Daly (2001), 'Beyond Growth: Avoiding Uneconomic Growth', in Mohan Munasinghe, Osvaldo Sunkel and Carlos de Miguel (eds), The Sustainability of Long-Term Growth: Socioeconomic and Ecological Perspectives, Chapter 7, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 153-61 -- Roefie Hueting (2010), 'Why Environmental Sustainability Can Most Probably Not be Attained with Growing Production', Journal of Cleaner Production, 18 (6), April, 525-30 -- Sardar M.N. Islam, Mohan Munasinghe and Matthew Clarke (2003), 'Making Long-Term Economic Growth More Sustainable: Evaluating the Costs and Benefits', Ecological Economics, 47 (2-3), December, 149-66 -- A. Antoci, S. Borghesi and P. Russu (2005), 'Environmental Defensive Expenditures, Expectations and Growth', Population and Environment, 27 (2), November, 227-44 -- Stefano Bartolini (2007), 'Why are People So Unhappy? Why do they Strive so Hard for Money? Competing Explanations of the Broken Promises of Economic Growth', in Luigino Bruni and Pier Luigi Porta (eds), Handbook on the Economics of Happiness, Chapter 17, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 337-64 -- Tim Jackson (2008), 'Where is the "Wellbeing Dividend"? Nature, Structure and Consumption Inequalities', Local Environment, 13 (8), December, 703-23 -- Siak Smulders (1995), 'Entropy, Environment, and Endogenous Economic Growth', International Tax and Public Finance, 2 (2), August, 319-40 -- Roelof Boumans, Robert Costanza, Joshua Farley, Matthew A. Wilson, Rosimeiry Portela, Jan Rotmans, Ferdinando Villa and Monica Grasso (2002), 'Modeling the Dynamics of the Integrated Earth System and the Value of Global Ecosystem Services Using the GUMBO Model', Ecological Economics, 41 (3), June, 529-60 -- Jeroen C.J.M. van den Bergh and Peter Nijkamp (1994), 'Dynamic Macro Modelling and Materials Balance', Economic Modelling, 11 (3), July, 283-307 -- Graham M. Turner and Timothy Baynes (2010), 'Soft-Coupling of National Biophysical and Economic Models for Improved Understanding of Feedbacks', Environmental Policy and Governance, 20 (4), July/August, 270-82 -- Robert U. Ayres (2008), 'Sustainability Economics: Where do we Stand?', Ecological Economics, 67 (2), September, 281-310 -- Peter A. Victor (2010), 'Ecological Economics and Economic Growth', Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1185, January, 237-45 -- Juliet B. Schor (2005), 'Sustainable Consumption and Worktime Reduction', Journal of Industrial Ecology, 9 (1-2), 37-50
    Kurzfassung: Clive Hamilton (1999), 'The Genuine Progress Indicator Methodological Developments and Results from Australia', Ecological Economics, 30 (1), July, 13-28 -- Mathis Wackernagel, Niels B. Schulz, Diana Deumling, Alejandro Callejas Linares, Martin Jenkins, Valerie Kapos, Chad Monfreda, Jonathan Loh, Norman Myers, Richard Norgaard and Jørgen Randers (2002), 'Tracking the Ecological Overshoot of the Human Economy', Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 99 (14), July, 9266-71 -- William E. Rees (1992), 'Ecological Footprints and Appropriated Carrying Capacity: What Urban Economics Leaves Out', Environment and Urbanization, 4 (2), October, 121-30 -- Helmut Haberl, Karl-Heinz Erb and Fridolin Krausmann (2007), 'Human Appropriation of Net Primary Production (HANPP)', Internet Encyclopaedia of Ecological Economics, March, 1-15 304 -- Gene M. Grossman and Alan B. Krueger (1995), 'Economic Growth and the Environment', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 110 (2), May, 353-77 -- Soumyananda Dinda (2004), 'Environmental Kuznets Curve Hypothesis: A Survey', Ecological Economics, 49 (4), August, 431-55 -- Richard T. Carson (2009), 'The Environmental Kuznets Curve: Seeking Empirical Regularity and Theoretical Structure', Review of Environmental Economics and Policy, 4 (1), Winter, 3-23 -- Aurélien Boutaud, Natacha Gondran and Christian Brodhag (2006), '(Local) Environmental Quality Versus (Global) Ecological Carrying Capacity: What Might Alternative Aggregated Indicators Bring to the Debates About Environmental Kuznets Curves and Sustainable Development?', International Journal of Sustainable Development, 9 (3), 297-310 -- Marian R. Chertow (2000), 'The IPAT Equation and Its Variants: Changing Views of Technology and Environmental Impact', Journal of Industrial Ecology, 4 (4), 13-29 -- Fridolin Krausmann, Simone Gingrich, Nina Eisenmenger, Karl-Heinz Erb, Helmut Haberl and Marina Fischer-Kowalski (2009), 'Growth in Global Materials Use, GDP and Population During the 20th Century', Ecological Economics, 68 (10), August, 2696-705 -- Johan Rockström, Will Steffen, Kevin Noone, Åsa Persson, F. Stuart III Chapin, Eric Lambin, Timothy M. Lenton, Marten Scheffer, Carl Folke, Hans Joachim Schellnhuber, Björn Nykvist, Cynthia A. de Wit, Terry Hughes, Sander van der Leeuw, Henning Rodhe, Sverker Sörlin, Peter K. Snyder, Robert Costanza, Uno Svedin, Malin Falkenmark, Louise Karlberg, Robert W. Corell, Victoria J. Fabry, James Hansen, Brian Walker, Diana Liverman, Katherine Richardson, Paul Crutzen and Jonathan Foley (2009), 'Planetary Boundaries: Exploring the Safe Operating Space for Humanity', Ecology and Society, 14 (2), 32-64 -- John Asafu-Adjaye (2003), 'Biodiversity Loss and Economic Growth: A Cross-Country Analysis', Contemporary Economic Policy, 21 (2), April, 173-85 -- Philip Lawn and Matthew Clarke (2010), 'The End of Economic Growth? A Contracting Threshold Hypothesis', Ecological Economics, 69 (11), September, 2213-23 -- Brian R. Copeland and M. Scott Taylor (2004), 'Trade, Growth, and the Environment', Journal of Economic Literature, XLII, March, 7-71 -- Anna Kukla-Gryz (2009), 'Economic Growth, International Trade and Air Pollution: A Decomposition Analysis', Ecological Economics, 68 (5), March, 1329-39 -- Clive L. Spash (2007), 'The Economics of Climate Change Impacts à la Stern: Novel and Nuanced or Rhetorically Restricted?', Ecological Economics, 63 (4), September, 706-13 -- Frank Ackerman, Elizabeth A. Stanton, Chris Hope and Stephane Alberth (2009), 'Did the Stern Review Underestimate US and Global Climate Damages?', Energy Policy, 37 (7), July, 2717-21 -- Martin L. Weitzman (2009), 'On Modeling and Interpreting the Economics of Catastrophic Climate Change', Review of Economics and Statistics, XCI (1), February, 1-19 -- Charles R. Boehmer (2010), 'Economic Growth and Violent International Conflict: 1875-1999', Defence and Peace Economics, 21 (3), June, 249-68
    Kurzfassung: John Stuart Mill ([1848] 1868), 'Of the Stationary State', Principles of Political Economy, Book IV, Volume II, Chapter VI, London, UK: J.W. Parker, 334-40 -- John Maynard Keynes ([1931] 1951), 'Economic Possibilities for Our Grandchildren (1930)', Essays in Persuasion, Part IV, Chapter 2, London, UK: Rupert Hart-Davis, 358-73, references -- K. William Kapp (1950), 'The Nature and Significance of Social Costs', in The Social Costs of Private Enterprise, Chapter 2, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 13-25 -- Leopold Kohr (1978), 'Size and Living Standards', in The Overdeveloped Nations: The Diseconomies of Scale, Chapter III, New York, NY: Schoken Books, 25-46, reset -- Kenneth E. Boulding (1966), 'The Economics of the Coming Spaceship Earth', in Henry Jarrett (ed.), Environmental Quality in a Growing Economy: Essays from the Sixth RFF Forum, Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins Press, 3-14, reset -- E.J. Mishan (1967), 'Foreword', in The Costs of Economic Growth, London, UK: Staples Press, xvi-xxi -- E.J. Mishan (1967), 'Growthmania', in The Costs of Economic Growth, Chapter 1, London, UK: Staples Press, 3-8 -- Nicholas Georgescu-Roegen (1975), 'Energy and Economic Myths', Southern Economic Journal, 41 (3), January, 347-81 -- Simon Kuznets (1973), 'Modern Economic Growth: Findings and Reflections', American Economic Review, 63 (3), June, 247-58 -- Luís Francisco Carvalho and João Rodrigues (2006), 'On Markets and Morality: Revisiting Fred Hirsch', Review of Social Economy, LXIV (3), September, 331-48 -- Gideon Rosenbluth (1976), 'Economists and the Growth Controversy', Canadian Public Policy / Analyse de Politiques, 2 (2), Spring, 225-39 -- Donella H. Meadows (2007), 'The History and Conclusions of The Limits to Growth', System Dynamics Review, 23 (2/3), Summer/Fall, 191-7 -- Wilfred Beckerman (1992), 'Economic Growth and the Environment: Whose Growth? Whose Environment?', World Development, 20 (4), 481-96 -- Paul Ekins (1993), '"Limits to Growth" and "Sustainable Development": Grappling with Ecological Realities', Ecological Economics, 8 (3), December, 269-88 -- Giovanni Dosi and Marco Grazzi (2009), 'Energy, Development and the Environment: An Appraisal Three Decades After the "Limits to Growth" Debate', in Andreas Pyka, Uwe Cantner, Alfred Greiner and Thomas Kuhn (eds), Recent Advances in Neo-Schumpeterian Economics: Essays in Honour of Horst Hanusch, Chapter 2, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 34-52 -- Graham M. Turner (2008), 'A Comparison of The Limits to Growth with 30 Years of Reality', Global Environmental Change, 18 (3), August, 397-411 -- Christian Leipert (1986), 'Social Costs of Economic Growth', Journal of Economic Issues, XX (1), March, 109-31 -- Peter Bartelmus (2009), 'The Cost of Natural Capital Consumption: Accounting for a Sustainable World Economy', Ecological Economics, 68 (6), April, 1850-57 -- Manfred Max-Neef (1995), 'Economic Growth and Quality of Life: A Threshold Hypothesis', Ecological Economics, 15 (2), November, 115-18
    Kurzfassung: Petter Naess and Karl Georg Høyer (2009), 'The Emperor's Green Clothes: Growth, Decoupling, and Capitalism', Capitalism Nature Socialism, 20 (3), September, 74-95 -- Myron J. Gordon (2005), 'Growth, Uncertainty and the Third World in the Rise and Fall of Capitalism', Journal of Asian Economics, 16 (2), April, 153-77 -- Joan Martínez-Alier, Unai Pascual, Franck-Dominique Vivien and Edwin Zaccai (2010), 'Sustainable De-Growth: Mapping the Context, Criticisms and Future Prospects of an Emergent Paradigm', Ecological Economics, 69 (9), July, 1741-7
    Kurzfassung: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Ayres, R. U. and A. V. Kneese (1969), 'Production, Consumption and Externalities', The American Economic Review, LIX, June, 282-97. -- Commoner, B. (1972), The Closing Circle, London: Jonathan Cape. -- Daly, H. E., J. B. Cobb and C. W. Cobb (1989), For the Common Good: Redirecting the Economy Toward Community, the Environment, and a Sustainable Future, Boston: Beacon Press. -- Ehrlich, P. R. and J. P. Holdren (1971), 'Impact of Population Growth', Science, 171 (3977), 1212-17. -- Galbraith, J. K. (1958), The Affluent Society, Boston: Houghton Mifflin. -- Georgescu-Roegen, N. (1971), The Entropy Law and the Economic Process, Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. -- Hirsch, F. (1976), Social Limits to Growth, Cambridge: Harvard University Press. -- Jones, C. I. (2009), 'The Costs of Economic Growth', unpublished paper, available at: http://www.stanford.edu/~chadj/cost090.pdf. -- Keynes, J. M. (1935), The General Theory of Employment Interest and Money, New York: Harcourt-Brace. -- Kuznets, S. (1955), 'Economic Growth and Income Inequality', The American Economic Review, XLV (1), 28. -- Meadows, D. H. (1972), The Limits to Growth: A Report for the Club of Rome's Project on the Predicament of Mankind, New York: Universe Books. -- Mishan, E. J. (1977), The Economic Growth Debate: An Assessment, London: G. Allen & Unwin. -- Nordhaus, W. D. and J. Tobin (1972), 'Is Growth Obsolete?', National Bureau of Economic Research, available at: http://www.nber.org/chapters/c7620.pdf. -- Pigou, A. C. (1920), The Economics of Welfare, London: Macmillan. -- Spence, M. (2011), The Next Convergence, New York: Farrar, Strauss and Giroux. -- Stern, N. (2006), The Stern Review: The Economics of Climate Change, London: HM Treasury. -- Tol, R. (2009), 'The Economic Effects of Climate Change', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 23 (2), 29-51. -- United Nations (2011), World Population Prospects. The 2010 Revision. Highlights and Advance Tables, available at: http://esa.un.org/unpd/wpp/Documentation/pdf/WPP2010_Highlights.pdf -- Victor, P.A. (1972), Pollution: Economy and Environment, London: Allen and Unwin. -- Victor, P.A., J.E. Hanna, A. Kubursi (1998), 'How strong is weak sustainability?' in S. Faucheux, M. O'Connor and J. van der Straaten (eds), Sustainable Development: Concepts, Rationalities and Strategies, Dordrecht, Boston, London: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 195-210
    Anmerkung: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 31
    ISBN: 9781849807449
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (304 p)
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Serie: Organisation and strategy
    Serie: case studies in their context
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Child, John, 1940 - The dynamics of corporate co-evolution
    DDC: 382.0951
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Hafenentwicklung ; Unternehmenskooperation ; China ; Corporations Growth ; Harbors ; Electronic books ; China ; Hafenbau ; Wirtschaftskooperation
    Kurzfassung: pt. I. Introduction, perspective and method -- pt. II. Environment, evolution and managerial initiative -- pt. III. Co-evolution : theory and practice.
    Kurzfassung: This book gives full due ...
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 32
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, N.Y. : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): WebSphere ; Electronic commerce ; Computer programs ; Selling ; Computer programs ; Marketing ; Data processing ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: IBM® WebSphere® Appliance Management Center for WebSphere Appliances simplifies the management and monitoring of environments that consist of multiple IBM WebSphere DataPower® Appliances. This web-based application provides centralized multi-appliance administration to support daily WebSphere DataPower Appliance operation. WebSphere Appliance Management Center for WebSphere Appliances provides the following key services: Centralized firmware management Disaster recovery Domain and service configuration Configuration life cycle deployment Monitoring multiple appliances, collecting key metrics, and presenting them in a central location This IBM Redbooks® publication helps administrators of WebSphere DataPower Appliances to perform daily administration tasks by using WebSphere Appliance Management Center. The topics in this book include health monitoring of an environment, disaster recovery (secure backup and restore), firmware management, and environment promotion. This book also includes best practices, tips and techniques, and general recommendations for administrators of WebSphere DataPower Appliance deployments.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8026-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Oct. 9, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 33
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, N.Y.] : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): IBM Power systems ; AIX (Computer file) ; Fault-tolerant computing ; Multiprocessors ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication helps strengthen high availability solutions for IBM Power Systems™ with IBM PowerHA® SystemMirror® Enterprise Edition (hardware, software, and tools) with a well-defined and documented deployment model within an IBM Power Systems environment, offering clients a planned foundation for a dynamic, highly available infrastructure for their enterprise applications. This book addresses topics to leverage the strengths of IBM PowerHA SystemMirror 7.1.2 Enterprise Edition for AIX on IBM Power Systems to solve client application high availability challenges, and maximize system availability, and management. The book examines the tools, utilities, documentation, and other resources available to help the IBM technical teams provide solutions and support for IBM high availability solutions with IBM PowerHA in an IBM Power Systems environment. This book is targeted toward technical professionals (consultants, technical support staff, IT Architects, and IT Specialists) responsible for providing high availability solutions and support with IBM Power Systems and IBM PowerHA.
    Anmerkung: Number on back cover: SG24-8106-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Nov. 12, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 34
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Storage area networks (Computer networks) ; Virtual computer systems ; Client/server computing ; Web servers ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: IBM® Flex System™ products are ideally suited for data center environments that require flexible, cost-effective, secure, and energy-efficient hardware. The IBM Flex System V7000 Storage Node is the latest addition to the IBM Flex Systems product family and is a modular storage system designed to fit into the IBM Flex System Enterprise chassis. When purchased in the IBM PureFlex configurations, the IBM Flex System V7000 Storage Node is configured from the factory into the hardware solution purchased. If, however, the configuration wanted is not offered in the predefined offerings, then a "Build to Order" configuration is designed to meet your needs. The IBM Flex System V7000 Storage Node includes the capability to virtualize its own internal storage in the same manner as the IBM Storwize® V7000 does. It is designed to be a scalable internal storage system to support the compute nodes of the IBM Flex System environment. This IBM® Redbooks® publication introduces the features and functions of the IBM Flex System V7000 Storage Node through several examples. This book is aimed at pre-sales and post-sales technical support and marketing personnel and storage administrators. It can help you understand the architecture of the IBM Flex System V7000 Storage Node, how to implement it, and how to take advantage of the industry leading functions and features.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8068-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Oct. 9, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 35
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM, International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 3rd ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Storage area networks (Computer networks) ; Database management ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication provides information for attaching the IBM XIV® Storage System to various host operating system platforms, including IBM i. The book provides information and references for combining the XIV Storage System with other storage platforms, host servers, or gateways, including IBM N Series, and IBM ProtecTIER®. It is intended for administrators and architects of enterprise storage systems. The book also addresses using the XIV storage with databases and other storage-oriented application software that include: IBM DB2® VMware ESX Microsoft HyperV SAP The goal is to give an overview of the versatility and compatibility of the XIV Storage System with various platforms and environments. The information that is presented here is not meant as a replacement or substitute for the Host Attachment kit publications. It is meant as a complement and to provide readers with usage guidance and practical illustrations.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-7904-02. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on print version record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 36
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY] : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): z/OS ; Computer systems ; Management ; Computer firmware ; IBM computers ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication explains the capabilities of the IBM System z® Advanced Workload Analysis Reporter (IBM zAware), and shows how you can use it as an integral part of your existing System z management tools. IBM zAware is an integrated, self-learning, analytics solution for IBM z/OS® that helps identify unusual system behavior in near real time. It is designed to help IT personnel improve problem determination so they can restore service quickly and improve overall availability. The book gives you a conceptual description of the IBM zAware appliance. It will help you to understand how it fits into the family of IBM mainframe system management tools that include Runtime Diagnostics, Predictive Failure Analysis (PFA), IBM Health Checker for z/OS, and z/OS Management Facility (z/OSMF). You are provided with the information you need to get IBM zAware up and running so you can start to benefit from its capabilities immediately. You will learn how to manage an IBM zAware environment, and see how other products can use the IBM zAware Application Programming Interface to extract information from IBM zAware for their own use. The target audience includes system programmers, system operators, configuration planners, and system automation analysts.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8070-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Dec. 10, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 37
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY?] : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): IBM Power systems ; High performance computing ; Supercomputers ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication addresses performance tuning topics to help leverage the virtualization strengths of the POWER® platform to solve clients' system resource utilization challenges, and maximize system throughput and capacity. We examine the performance monitoring tools, utilities, documentation, and other resources available to help technical teams provide optimized business solutions and support for applications running on IBM POWER systems' virtualized environments. The book offers application performance examples deployed on IBM Power Systems™ utilizing performance monitoring tools to leverage the comprehensive set of POWER virtualization features: Logical Partitions (LPARs), micro-partitioning, active memory sharing, workload partitions, and more. We provide a well-defined and documented performance tuning model in a POWER system virtualized environment to help you plan a foundation for scaling, capacity, and optimization . This book targets technical professionals (technical consultants, technical support staff, IT Architects, and IT Specialists) responsible for providing solutions and support on IBM POWER systems, including performance tuning.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8080-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Oct. 9, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 38
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 7th ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Storage area networks (Computer networks) ; Information storage and retrieval systems ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: In today's highly competitive and real-time environment, the ability to manage all IT operations on a continuous basis makes the creation of copies and backups of data a core requirement for any IT deployment. Furthermore, it is necessary to provide proactive efficient disaster recovery strategies that can ensure continuous data availability for business operations. The Copy Services functions available with the IBM® System Storage® DS8000® are part of these strategies. This IBM Redbooks® publication helps you plan, install, configure, and manage the Copy Services functions of the DS8000 when they are used in Open System and IBM i environments. This book provides the details necessary to implement and control each of the Copy Services functions. Numerous examples illustrate how to use the various interfaces with each of the Copy Services. This book also covers the 3-site Metro/Global Mirror with Incremental Resync feature and introduces the IBM Tivoli® Storage Productivity Center for Replication solution. This book should be read with The IBM System Storage DS8000 Series: Architecture and Implementation, SG24-8886. There is also a companion book, IBM System Storage DS8000 Copy Services for IBM System z®, SG24-6787, which supports the configuration of the Copy Services functions in IBM z/OS® environments.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-6788-06. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Jan. 30, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 39
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepse, N.Y.] : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Database management ; Information storage and retrieval systems ; IBM computers ; Programming ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication series explains the assessment and implementation of a workload, integrated within IBM Smarter Banking® Showcase, and hosted at IBM Montpellier, France. Intended for decision-makers, consultants, architects, administrators, and specialists, this book is the second volume in a series of two: Assessment: Volume 1 (SG24-8007) describes how to evaluate the requirements of a new Smarter Analytics workload, addressing the user, system resources, and data processing profiles to identify the most optimal configuration by using IBM methodologies, such as fit-for-purpose. Given that the existing showcase is based on the IBM zEnterprise® System, deployment options include IBM z/OS®, Linux on IBM System z®, IBM AIX® running on IBM POWER® processor-based blades within the zEnterprise BladeCenter® Extension (zBX), and Windows Server 2008 running on System x® and BladeCenter blades also within zBX. Implementation: Volume 2 (SG24-8008), which you are reading, describes the setups that are involved in deploying the Smarter Analytics workload within the showcase. With multiple components, including IBM Cognos® BI, IBM Cognos TM1®, Cognos Metric Studio, IBM DB2® for z/OS, and a number of application design tools, the workload spans multiple operating environments. The use of application clustering, setting up performance policies by using Unified Resource Manager, and simulation test execution results are included.
    Anmerkung: Number on back cover: SG24-8008-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Nov.12, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 40
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, N.Y. : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Computer storage devices ; Information storage and retrieval systems ; Business ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: In this IBM® Redbooks® publication we introduce a new product, the IBM Storwize® V7000 Unified (V7000U). Storwize V7000 Unified is a virtualized storage system designed to consolidate block and file workloads into a single storage system. Advantages include simplicity of management, reduced cost, highly scalable capacity, performance, and high availability. Storwize V7000 Unified storage also offers improved efficiency and flexibility through built-in solid-state drive (SSD) optimization, thin provisioning, IBM Real-time Compression™, and nondisruptive migration of data from existing storage. The system can virtualize and reuse existing disk systems offering a greater potential return on investment. We suggest that you familiarize yourself with the following books to get the most from this publication: Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 V6.3, SG24-7938 Implementing the IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller V6.3, SG24-7933 Real-time Compression in SAN Volume Controller and Storwize V7000, REDP-4859 SONAS Implementation Guide and Best Practices Guide, SG24-7962 SONAS Concepts, Architecture, and Planning Guide, SG24-7963
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8010-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Oct. 9, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 41
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Management information systems ; Decision making ; Data processing ; Business ; Data processing ; Management ; Computer networks ; Scalability ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication presents decision governance topics from a theoretical discussion perspective and then goes on to make links to the practical aspects of applying these concepts by using the IBM Operational Decision Manager platform. This book explores enterprise governance context to clarify the bigger picture for how governance is carried out across the enterprise. You will also find this book valuable if you are using or considering the usage of an operational decision management system (or business rules management system (BRMS)) in your organization. You might be following a standard such as the The Open Group Architecture Framework (TOGAF) Architecture Development Method (ADM) and decided to use a decision management system that lets the business people take control of the business decisions that are made by the technology systems in their organization. This book also describes Control Objectives for Information and Related Technology (COBIT), which provides a comprehensive framework that assists enterprises in achieving their objectives for the governance and management of enterprise IT. Another topic of great importance that this book covers is the relationship to ITIL, a public framework that describes best practices in IT Service Management. Of the five stages of the ITIL lifecycle, this book focuses on the objectives and processes of the Service Transition stage.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8127-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover page (Safari, viewed Jan. 31, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 42
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): IBM Power systems ; AIX (Computer file) ; Operating systems (Computers) ; Multiprocessors ; IBM computers ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication positions the IBM PowerHA® SystemMirror® V6.1 for AIX® Enterprise Edition as the cluster management solution for high availability. This solution enables near-continuous application service and minimizes the impact of planned and unplanned outages. The primary goal of this high-availability solution is to recover operations at a remote location after a system or data center failure, establish or strengthen a business recovery plan, and provide separate recovery location. The IBM PowerHA SystemMirror Enterprise Edition is targeted at multisite high-availability disaster recovery. The objective of this book is to help new and existing PowerHA customers to understand how to plan to accomplish a successful installation and configuration of the PowerHA SystemMirror for AIX Enterprise Edition. This book emphasizes the IBM Power Systems™ strategy to deliver more advanced functional capabilities for business resiliency and to enhance product usability and robustness through deep integration with AIX, affiliated software stack, and storage technologies. PowerHA SystemMirror is designed, developed, integrated, tested, and supported by IBM from top to bottom.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-7841-01. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Apr. 8, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 43
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Computer security ; Management ; Information technology ; Security measures ; Management ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: Security is a major consideration in the way that business and information technology systems are designed, built, operated, and managed. The need to be able to integrate security into those systems and the discussions with business functions and operations exists more than ever. This IBM® Redbooks® publication explores concerns that characterize security requirements of, and threats to, business and information technology (IT) systems. This book identifies many business drivers that illustrate these concerns, including managing risk and cost, and compliance to business policies and external regulations. This book shows how these drivers can be translated into capabilities and security needs that can be represented in frameworks, such as the IBM Security Blueprint, to better enable enterprise security. To help organizations with their security challenges, IBM created a bridge to address the communication gap between the business and technical perspectives of security to enable simplification of thought and process. The IBM Security Framework can help you translate the business view, and the IBM Security Blueprint describes the technology landscape view. Together, they can help bring together the experiences that we gained from working with many clients to build a comprehensive view of security capabilities and needs. This book is intended to be a valuable resource for business leaders, security officers, and consultants who want to understand and implement enterprise security by considering a set of core security capabilities and services.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8100-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Oct. 9, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 44
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Virtual storage (Computer science) ; Cloud computing ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication will help you learn how to build a storage cloud with the IBM SmartCloud™ Storage Access solution, which consists of multiple hardware and software products including IBM Scale Out network Attached Storage (SONAS), IBM Storwize® V7000 Unified, IBM Tivoli® Storage Productivity Center, and more. To get you started, we cover the planning, installation, and configuration for each component. SmartCloud Storage Access is an IBM software product for storage cloud management that enables the cloud service with virtualization and automation. SCSA is the focal point to administer the storage cloud environment providing a self-service provision approach for the storage cloud users. New storage capacity can be easily deployed and accessed by the Internet or intranet. SmartCloud Storage Access also supports simple and fast resource elasticity as user demand changes. With the SmartCloud Storage Access solution, the storage resources will be displayed as unified resource pools with different service levels. Users no longer need to know the exact location of their files and there is no more need to configure the underlying storage subsystems manually. All storage resources are still well monitored and the cloud administrators can easily track the historical storage resource utilization. This publication is intended for anyone who wants to understand more about IBM SmartCloud Storage Access planning, implementation, configuration, and usage. This book is suitable for IBM clients, IBM Business Partners, IBM specialist sales representatives, and technical specialists.
    Anmerkung: "Learn step by step how to build a storage cloud, administer storage cloud with self-service provisioning, easily deploy new storage capacity.". - Number on resource description page: SG24-8120-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Mar. 27, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 45
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 3rd ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Storage area networks (Computer networks) ; Information storage and retrieval systems ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication describes the new features that have been added with the release of the IBM System Storage® SAN Volume Controller (SVC) and IBM System Storage Storwize® V7000 6.4.0 code, including Replication Family Services. Replication Family Services refers to the various copy services available on the SVC and Storwize V7000 including IBM FlashCopy®, Metro Mirror and Global Mirror, Global Mirror with Change Volumes, Volume Mirroring, and Stretched Cluster Volume Mirroring. The details behind the theory and practice of these services are examined, and SAN design suggestions and troubleshooting tips are provided. Planning requirements, automating copy services processed, and fabric design are explained. Multiple examples including implementation and server integration are included, along with a discussion of software solutions and services that are based on Replication Family Services. This book is intended for use by pre-sales and post-sales support, and storage administrators. Readers are expected to have an advanced knowledge of the SVC, Storwize V7000, and the SAN environment. The following publications are useful resources that provide background information: Implementing the IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller V6.3, SG24-7933 Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 V6.3, SG24-7938 IBM SAN Volume Controller and Brocade Disaster Recovery Solutions for VMware, REDP-4626[ IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Upgrade Path from Version 4.3.1 to 6.1, REDP-4716[ Real-time Compression in SAN Volume Controller and Storwize V7000, REDP-4859 SAN Volume Controller: Best Practices and Performance Guidelines, SG24-7521 Implementing the Storwize V7000 and the IBM System Storage SAN32B-E4 Encryption Switch, SG24-7977
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-7574-02. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Jan. 30, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 46
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Virtual computer systems ; Security measures ; Cloud computing ; Security measures ; Virtual storage (Computer science) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: IBM® PowerSC provides a security and compliance solution that is optimized for virtualized environments on IBM Power Systems™ servers, running IBM PowerVM® and IBM AIX®. Security control and compliance are some of the key components that are needed to defend the virtualized data center and cloud infrastructure against ever evolving new threats. The IBM business-driven approach to enterprise security used in conjunction with solutions such as PowerSC makes IBM the premier security vendor in the market today. This IBM Redbooks® deliverable helps IT and Security managers, architects, and consultants to strengthen their security and compliance posture in a virtualized environment running IBM PowerVM.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8082-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Apr. 8, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 47
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Enterprise application integration (Computer systems) ; Computing platforms ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication describes the integration of IBM Platform Symphony® with IBM BigInsights™. It includes IBM Platform LSF® implementation scenarios that use IBM System x® technologies. This IBM Redbooks publication is written for consultants, technical support staff, IT architects, and IT specialists who are responsible for providing solutions and support for IBM Platform Computing solutions. This book explains how the IBM Platform Computing solutions and the IBM System x platform can help to solve customer challenges and to maximize systems throughput, capacity, and management. It examines the tools, utilities, documentation, and other resources that are available to help technical teams provide solutions and support for IBM Platform Computing solutions in a System x environment. In addition, this book includes a well-defined and documented deployment model within a System x environment. It provides a planned foundation for provisioning and building large scale parallel high-performance computing (HPC) applications, cluster management, analytics workloads, and grid applications.
    Anmerkung: "Learn about solutions that integrate IBM Platform Symphony and IBM InfoSphere BigInsights for analytics, see how the solutions use IBM System x and IBM GPFS, understand details about IBM Platform LSF implementation.". - Number on resource description page: SG24-8081-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Mar. 27, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 48
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, N.Y.] : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): VMware ; Electronic data processing ; Backup processing alternatives ; Storage area networks (Computer networks) ; Virtual computer systems ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication provides a basic introduction to the IBM System Storage® N series, virtualization, and VMware 5.x. It explains how to use the N series with VMware vSphere 5 environments and the benefits of doing so. Examples are given on how to install and set up VMware ESXi server with the N series. The IBM System Storage N series used as a storage foundation offers unified storage solutions that provide industry-leading technologies in the areas of storage efficiencies, instantaneous virtual machine and datastore cloning for virtual servers and virtual desktops, and virtual data center backup and business continuance solutions. The information provided can be also be used as a foundation to create dynamic cloud solutions, making full use of underlying storage features and functions. This book provides a blueprint for how clients can create a virtualized infrastructure/storage cloud that will help to address current and future data storage business requirements. IBM System Storage N series in conjunction with VMware vSphere 5 helps complete the virtualization hierarchy by providing both a server and storage virtualization solution. Although this configuration can further assist with other areas of virtualization, networks, and applications, these areas of virtualization are not covered in detail in this book.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Nov. 12, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 49
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poghkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 3rd ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): z/OS ; Operating systems (Computers) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: IBM® Problem Determination (PD) Tools consists of a core group of IBM products that are designed to work with compilers and run times to provide a start-to-finish development solution for the IT professional. This IBM Redbooks® publication provides you with an introduction to the tools, guidance for program preparation to use with them, an overview of their integration, and several scenarios for their use. If an abend occurs during testing, Fault Analyzer enables the programmer to quickly and easily pinpoint the abending location and optionally, the failing line of code. Many times, this information is all the programmer requires to correct the problem. However, it might be necessary to delve a little deeper into the code to figure out the problem. Debug Tool allows the programmer to step through the code at whatever level is required to determine where the error was introduced or encountered. After the code or data is corrected, the same process is followed again until no errors are encountered. However, volume testing or testing with multiple terminals is sometimes required to ensure real-world reliability. Workload Simulator can be used to perform this type of testing. After all of the tests are completed, running the application by using Application Performance Analyzer can ensure that no performance bottlenecks are encountered. It also provides a baseline to ensure that future enhancements do not introduce new performance degradation into the application. This publication is intended for z/OS® application developers and system programmers.
    Anmerkung: Number from resource description page: SG24-7918-02. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from title page (Safari, viewed Jan. 29, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 50
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY? : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization?]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Serie: IBM Websphere
    Schlagwort(e): z/OS ; Operating systems (Computers) ; Client/server computing ; TCP/IP (Computer network protocol) ; Information storage and retrieval systems ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: For more than 40 years, IBM® mainframes have supported an extraordinary portion of the world's computing work, providing centralized corporate databases and mission-critical enterprise-wide applications. IBM System z®, the latest generation of the IBM distinguished family of mainframe systems, has come a long way from its IBM System/360 heritage. Likewise, its IBM z/OS® operating system is far superior to its predecessors in providing, among many other capabilities, world-class, state-of-the-art support for the TCP/IP Internet protocol suite. TCP/IP is a large and evolving collection of communication protocols managed by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), an open, volunteer organization. Because of its openness, the TCP/IP protocol suite has become the foundation for the set of technologies that form the basis of the Internet. The convergence of IBM mainframe capabilities with Internet technology, connectivity, and standards (particularly TCP/IP) is dramatically changing the face of information technology and driving requirements for even more secure, scalable, and highly available mainframe TCP/IP implementations. The IBM z/OS Communications Server TCP/IP Implementation series provides understandable, step-by-step guidance for enabling the most commonly used and important functions of z/OS Communications Server TCP/IP. This IBM Redbooks® publication is for people who install and support z/OS Communications Server. It introduces z/OS Communications Server TCP/IP, describes the system resolver, showing implementation of global and local settings for single and multi-stack environments. It presents implementation scenarios for TCP/IP base functions, connectivity, routing, virtual MAC support, and sysplex subplexing.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8096-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover page (Safari, viewed Feb. 7, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 51
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Mobile computing ; Programming ; Mobile computing ; Security measures ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: The IBM® Worklight® mobile application platform helps you to develop, deploy, host, and manage mobile enterprise applications. It also enables companies to integrate security into their overall mobile application lifecycle. This IBM Redbooks® publication describes the security capabilities offered by Worklight to address mobile application security objectives. The book begins with an overview of IBM MobileFirst and its security offerings. The book also describes a business scenario illustrating where security is needed in mobile solutions, and how Worklight can help you achieve it. This publication then provides specific, hands-on guidance about how to integrate Worklight with enterprise security. It also provides step-by-step guidance to implementing mobile security features, including direct update, remote disable, and encrypted offline cache. Integration between Worklight and other IBM security technologies is also covered, including integration with IBM Security Access Manager and IBM WebSphere® DataPower®. This Redbooks publication is of interest to anyone looking to better understand mobile security, and to learn how to enhance mobile security with Worklight.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8179-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Feb. 3, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 52
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Computer architecture ; Storage area networks (Computer networks) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication describes the concepts, architecture, and implementation of the IBM System Storage® DS8870 storage system. The book provides reference information to assist readers who need to plan for, install, and configure the DS8870. The IBM System Storage DS8870 is the most advanced model in the IBM DS8000® series and is equipped with IBM POWER7® based controllers. Various configuration options are available that scale from dual 2-core systems up to dual 16-core systems with up to 1 TB of cache. The DS8870 also features enhanced 8 Gbps device adapters and host adapters. Connectivity options, with up to 128 Fibre Channel/IBM FICON® ports for host connections, make the DS8870 suitable for multiple server environments in open systems and IBM System z® environments. The DS8870 supports advanced disaster recovery solutions, business continuity solutions, and thin provisioning. All disk drives in the DS8870 storage system have the Full Disk Encryption (FDE) feature. The DS8870 also can be integrated in a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) infrastructure. The DS8870 is equipped with high-density storage enclosures and can be equipped with solid-state drives (SSDs). The DS8870 can automatically optimize the use of each storage tier, particularly SSDs through the IBM Easy Tier® feature, which is available at no extra charge. With Licensed Machine Code 7.7.10.xx.xx, Easy Tier offers new features, still at no charge.
    Anmerkung: Number on back cover: SG24-8085-01. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Oct. 7, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 53
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Data compression (Computer science) ; Computer storage devices ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: Continuing its commitment to developing and delivering industry-leading storage technologies, IBM is introducing the IBM Real-time Compression Appliance for NAS, an innovative new storage offering that delivers essential storage efficiency technologies, combined with exceptional ease of use and performance. In an era when the amount of information, particularly in unstructured files, is exploding, but budgets for storing that information are stagnant, IBM Real-time Compression technology offers a powerful tool for better information management, protection and access. IBM Real-time Compression can help slow the growth of storage acquisition, reducing storage costs while simplifying both operations and management. It also enables organizations to keep more data available for use rather than storing it offsite or on tape that is more difficult to access, so they can support improved analytics and decision-making. IBM Real-time Compression Appliance provides online storage optimization through real-time data compression, delivering dramatic cost reduction without performance degradation. This IBM Redbooks publication is for system administrators and IT architects. It describes the enhancements made in version 4.1 of the Real-time Compression Appliance as compared to previous releases. This book is a companion to the publication Introduction to IBM Real-time Compression Appliances, SG24-7953.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8112-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Oct. 10, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 54
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 9th ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): High performance computing ; Parallel processing (Electronic computers) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication presents an overview of the IBM Geographically Dispersed Parallel Sysplex™ (IBM GDPS®) family of offerings and the role they play in delivering a business IT resilience solution. The book begins with general concepts of business IT resilience and disaster recovery, along with issues related to high application availability, data integrity, and performance. These topics are considered within the framework of government regulation, increasing application and infrastructure complexity, and the competitive and rapidly changing modern business environment. Next, it describes the GDPS family of offerings with specific reference to how they can help you achieve your defined goals for disaster recovery and high availability. Also covered are the features that simplify and enhance data replication activities, the prerequisites for implementing each offering, and hints for planning for the future and immediate business requirements. Tables provide easy-to-use summaries and comparisons of the offerings, and the additional planning and implementation services available from IBM are explained. Finally, several practical client scenarios and requirements are described, along with the most suitable GDPS solution for each case. The introductory chapters of this publication are intended for a broad technical audience including IT System Architects, Availability Managers, Technical IT Managers, Operations Managers, System Programmers, and Disaster Recovery Planners. The subsequent chapters provide more technical details about the GDPS offerings, and each can be read in isolation for those readers who are interested. Therefore, if you do read all the chapters, be aware that some information is repeated.
    Anmerkung: Number on back cover: SG24-6374-09. - Includes bibliographical references and index. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Aug. 27, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 55
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, N.Y. : IBM Redbooks
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 6th ed.
    Serie: IBM Redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): z/OS ; IBM computers ; Client/server computing ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication introduces the IBM System z® Personal Development Tool (zPDT), which runs on an underlying Linux system based on an Intel processor. zPDT provides a System z system on a PC capable of running current System z operating systems, including emulation of selected System z I/O devices and control units. It is intended as a development, demonstration, and learning platform; it is not designed as a production system. This book, discussing more advanced topics, is the last of three volumes. The first volume introduces zPDT and provides reference material for zPDT commands and device managers. The second volume describes the installation of zPDT (including the underlying Linux, and a particular z/OS® distribution) and basic usage patterns. The third volume discusses more advanced topics that may not interest all zPDT users. The IBM order numbers for the three volumes are SG24-7721, SG24-7722, and SG24-7723. The systems discussed in these volumes are complex, with elements of Linux (for the underlying PC machine), z/Architecture® (for the core zPDT elements), System z I/O functions (for emulated I/O devices), and z/OS (providing the System z application interface), and possibly with other System z operating systems. We assume the reader is familiar with the general concepts and terminology of System z hardware and software elements and with basic PC Linux characteristics.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from title page (Safari, viewed Nov. 15, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 56
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, U.K : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781782540427
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 343 p) , ill. (some col.)
    Serie: Elgar original reference
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Economic development ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Acclaim for the 2011 edition: The Global Entrepreneurship and Development Index ... focuses on high-growth companies. It tries to measure the ambition of entrepreneurs as well as the prevalence of start-ups. It presents its results in ways that are designed to capture the attention of policymakers. It produces a ranking of 71 countries (for all their faults, nothing makes a politician jump like a league table). It also identifies bottlenecks that prevent countries from doing better. The index concludes that development and enterprise are correlated. The Economist The Global Entrepreneurship and Development Index both captures the context features of entrepreneurship and fills a gap in the measurement of development. Building on recent advances in entrepreneurship and economic development, the authors have created an index that offers a measure of the quality of the business formation process in 118 of the most important countries in the world. The authors expertly capture the contextual feature of entrepreneurship by focusing on entrepreneurial attitudes, entrepreneurial abilities and entrepreneurial aspirations. The data and their contribution to the business formation process are supported by three decades of research into entrepreneurship across a host of countries. The unique index construction of individual and institutional measures integrates 31 variables from various data sources into 14 pillars, three sub-indexes and a super index. The relationship between entrepreneurship and economic development appears to be more or less mildly S-shaped. The findings suggest moving away from simple measures of entrepreneurship across countries illustrating a U-shaped or L-shaped relationship to more complex measures, which are positively related to development. The model has important implications for development policy. This unique book will be invaluable for researchers, policymakers and entrepreneurs keen to expand their understanding of entrepreneurship and development
    Kurzfassung: 1. Introduction to the 2013 global entrepreneurship and development index -- 2. Entrepreneurship and public policy : towards national systems of entrepreneurship -- 3. Institutions, incentives and entrepreneurship / by Ruta Aidis and Saul Estrin -- 4. The global entrepreneurship and development index -- 5. The role of entrepreneurship and economic development -- 6. Methodology and data description -- 7. Country standings
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 57
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Cheltenham, U.K : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781781955659
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 848 p) , ill
    Serie: International yearbook of industrial statistics series
    Serie: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Industrial statistics ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Acclaim for previous editions: The International Yearbook of Industrial Statistics 2011 provides comprehensive statistical data on world manufacturing. . . The Yearbook represents a massive effort in data collection, data harmonization, and tabular presentation well beyond the constraints of time and resources available to the average researcher or investigator. Therefore, the Yearbook presents a vast amount of information in a convenient form. William C. Struning, American Reference Books Annual 2012 The UNIDO International Yearbook of Industrial Statistics is now a classic reference. . . which constitutes a unique statistical tool for analyzing the world industry and aims at facilitating the comparison of industrial systems. The different editions of the Yearbook provide a unique statistical tool for analyzing the world industry. Revue dEconomie Industrielle / Industrial Economics Review This annual publication seems to be the only international publication providing worldwide statistics on current performance and trends in the manufacturing sector. In terms of comprehensiveness, accuracy, and cross-country comparisons this volume is unparalleled . . . If you are looking for an authoritative source for comparative international statistics on industrial information, this is it. Andrea Meyer, Business Information Alert This is a unique and massive effort by UNIDO providing comparative statistics on current performance and trends in the manufacturing sector worldwide . . . There is no doubt that the volume is a most important source book for economists, planners and policymakers. Pradosh Nath, Journal of Science and Industrial Research UNIDO has done well to bridge gaps in information noticed so far in industrial statistics worldwide and its companionship and usefulness will be realised by all users of this documentation in governmental, industrial and academic circles, as a must on every working desk. Its reliability is fully backed up by authoritative analysis. Rajinder Kunmar, Marketing and Management News A unique and comprehensive source of information, this book is the only international publication providing economists, planners, policymakers and business people with worldwide statistics on current performance and trends in the manufacturing sector. The Yearbook is designed to facilitate international comparisons relating to manufacturing activity and industrial development and performance. It provides data which can be used to analyse patterns of gr ...
    Kurzfassung: pt .1. Summary tables -- pt. 2. Country tables
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 58
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM rebooks
    Schlagwort(e): Electronic data processing ; Backup processing alternatives ; Storage area networks (Computer networks) ; Data recovery (Computer science) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication provides deployment guidelines, workload estimates, and preferred practices for clients who want a proven IBM technology stack for virtualized VMware and Microsoft environments. The result is a Reference Architecture for Virtualized Environments (RAVE) that uses VMware vSphere or Microsoft Hypervisor, IBM System x® or IBM BladeCenter® server, IBM System Networking, and IBM System Storage® N series with Clustered Data ONTAP as a storage foundation. The reference architecture can be used as a foundation to create dynamic cloud solutions and make full use of underlying storage features and functions. This book provides a blueprint that illustrates how clients can create a virtualized infrastructure and storage cloud to help address current and future data storage business requirements. It explores the solutions that IBM offers to create a storage cloud solution addressing client needs. This book also shows how the Reference Architecture for Virtualized Environments and the extensive experience of IBM in cloud computing, services, proven technologies, and products support a Smart Storage Cloud solution that is designed for your storage optimization efforts. This book is for anyone who wants to learn how to successfully deploy a virtualized environment. It is also written for anyone who wants to understand how IBM addresses data storage and compute challenges with IBM System Storage N series solutions with IBM servers and networking solutions. This book is suitable for IT architects, business partners, IBM clients, storage solution integrators, and IBM sales representatives.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8155-00. - Includes index. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Sept. 10, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 59
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Informix software ; Database management ; Application software ; Development ; Querying (Computer science) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: IBM® Informix® Warehouse Accelerator is a state-of-the-art in-memory database that uses affordable innovations in memory and processor technology and trends in novel ways to boost query performance. It is a disruptive technology that changes how organizations provide analytics to its operational and historical data. Informix Warehouse Accelerator uses columnar, in-memory approach to accelerate even the most complex warehouse and operational queries without application changes or tuning. This IBM Redbooks® publication provides a comprehensive look at the technology and architecture behind the system. It contains information about the tools, data synchronization, and query processing capabilities of Informix Warehouse Accelerator, and provides steps to implement data analysis by using Informix Warehouse Accelerator within an organization. This book is intended for IBM Business Partners and clients who are looking for low-cost solutions to boost data warehouse query performance.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8150-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover page (Safari, viewed Jan. 31, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 60
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Data tapes ; Information resources management ; Management information systems ; Business ; Data processing ; Information storage and retrieval systems ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication helps you with planning, installation, and configuration of the new IBM Linear Tape File System™ (LTFS) Enterprise Edition (EE) V1R1 for the IBM System Storage® TS3500 Tape Library. LTFS EE is designed to enable the use of LTFS for the policy management of tape as a storage tier in an IBM general parallel file system-based (IBM GPFS™) environment and helps encourage the use of tape as a critical tier in the storage environment. LTFS EE can run any application that is designed for disk files on tape. LTFS EE supports IBM Linear Tape-Open (LTO) Ultrium 6 and 5 tape drives, and IBM System Storage TS1140 Tape Drives that are installed in TS3500 tape libraries. LTFS EE can play a major role in reducing the cost of storage for data that does not need the access performance of primary disk. The use of LTFS EE to replace disks with tape in Tier 2 and Tier 3 storage can improve data access over other storage solutions because it improves efficiency and streamlines management for files on tape. LTFS EE simplifies the use of tape by making it transparent to the user and manageable by the administrator under a single infrastructure. This publication is intended for anyone who wants to understand more about LTFS EE planning and implementation. This book is suitable for IBM clients, IBM Business Partners, IBM specialist sales representatives, and technical specialists.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8143-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Feb. 3, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 61
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Storage area networks (Computer networks) ; Virtual computer systems ; Client/server computing ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: IBM® Flex System™ products are ideally suited for data center environments that require flexible, cost-effective, secure, and energy-efficient hardware. IBM Flex System V7000 Storage Node is the latest addition to the IBM Flex Systems product family and is a modular storage system designed to fit into the IBM Flex System Enterprise chassis. When purchased in the IBM PureFlex™ configurations, IBM Flex System V7000 Storage Node is configured from the factory into the hardware solution purchased. If, however, the configuration wanted is not offered in the predefined offerings, then a "Build to Order" configuration is designed to meet your needs. IBM Flex System V7000 Storage Node includes the capability to virtualize its own internal storage in the same manner as the IBM Storwize® V7000 does. It is designed to be a scalable internal storage system to support the compute nodes of the IBM Flex System environment. This IBM Redbooks® publication introduces the features and functions of IBM Flex System V7000 Storage Node through several examples. This book is aimed at pre-sales and post-sales technical support and marketing personnel and storage administrators. It can help you understand the architecture of IBM Flex System V7000 Storage Node, how to implement it, and how to take advantage of the industry leading functions and features.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8068-01. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover page (Safari, viewed Jan. 31, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 62
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 volume) , illustrations
    Ausgabe: First edition.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Oracle (Computer file) ; Relational databases ; Database management ; Database design ; Operating systems (Computers) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: Linux on System z offers many advantages to customers who rely on the IBM® mainframe systems to run their businesses. Linux on System z makes use of the qualities of service in the System z® hardware and in z/VM®, making it a robust industrial strength Linux. This provides an excellent platform for hosting Oracle solutions that run in your enterprise. This IBM Redbooks® publication is divided into several sections to share the following experiences that are gained while Oracle Database 11gR2 is installed and tested: Setting up Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for Oracle Managing an Oracle on Linux on System z environment Provisioning Linux guests using several tools It also includes many general hints and tips for running Oracle products on IBM System z with Linux and z/VM. Interested readers include database consultants, installers, administrators, and system programmers. This book is not meant to replace Oracle documentation but to supplement it with our experiences while Oracle products are installed and used. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Anmerkung: Number from resource description page: SG24-8104-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from title page (Safari, viewed December 18, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 63
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, N.Y. : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed.
    Serie: IBM Redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): WebSphere ; Computational grids (Computer systems) ; Application software ; Development ; Client/server computing ; Web servers ; Computer programs ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication provides information about the concepts, planning, and design of IBM WebSphere® Application Server V8.5 environments. The target audience of this book is IT architects and consultants who want more information about the planning and design of application-serving environments, from small to large, and complex implementations. This book addresses the packaging and features in WebSphere Application Server, and highlights the most common implementation topologies. It provides information about planning for specific tasks and components that conform to the WebSphere Application Server environment. Also in this book are planning guidelines for Websphere Application Server and Websphere Application Server Network Deployment on distributed platforms. It also includes guidelines for WebSphere Application Server for IBM z/OS®. This book contains information about migration considerations when moving from previous releases. This book has been updated with the new features introduced with WebSphere Application Server V8.5.5.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on print online resources; title from resource description page (Safari, viewed Nov. 15, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 64
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Mobile computing ; Programming ; Application software ; Development ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: The mobile industry is evolving rapidly. An increasing number of mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets, are sold every year and more people are accessing services from a mobile device than ever before. For an enterprise, this can mean that a growing number of customers, business partners, and even employees now expect to access services on a mobile channel. This opens new opportunities for the business but also presents new challenges, both in terms of business processes and information technology (IT) infrastructure. IBM® Worklight® is an open mobile application platform. It helps organizations of all sizes to efficiently develop, connect, run, and manage HTML5, hybrid, and native applications. IBM Worklight provides the essential elements needed for complete mobile application development, deployment, and management within a business. This IBM Redbooks® publication provides information necessary to design, develop, deploy, and maintain mobile applications using IBM Worklight Version 5.0.5. It includes information about decision points that the IT organization will need to make, the roles that are involved in a mobile strategy and the responsibilities of the individuals in those roles. It also describes integration points with other IBM products that can enhance the mobile solution. This book has two parts: Part 1 is for a business-oriented IT audience and addresses business aspects of the mobile industry. It is for the IT architect or CTO, who can translate business needs into information technology solutions Part 2 is intended for a technical audience, including application developers, testers, and system administrators.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8117-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Apr. 8, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 65
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Computer networks ; Client/server computing ; Storage area networks (Computer networks) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: To meet today's complex and ever-changing business demands, you need a solid foundation of server, storage, networking, and software resources that are simple to deploy and can quickly and automatically adapt to changing conditions. You also need access to, and the ability to take advantage of, broad expertise and proven best practices in systems management, applications, hardware maintenance, and more. IBM® PureFlex™ System, which is a part of the IBM PureSystems™ family of expert integrated systems, combines advanced IBM hardware and software along with patterns of expertise and integrates them into three optimized configurations that are simple to acquire and deploy so that you can achieve faster time to value. If you want a preconfigured, preintegrated infrastructure with integrated management and cloud capabilities, factory tuned from IBM with x86 and Power Systems™ hybrid solution, IBM PureFlex System is the answer. In this IBM Redbooks® publication, which is aimed at system and network administrators, we show the design and architecture, how to configure hosts and switches, maintain, and troubleshoot using the IBM Flex System™ Ethernet I/O modules (EN2091 1Gb Ethernet Scalable Switch and EN4093R 10Gb Scalable Switch).
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8089-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Dec. 17, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 66
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): IBM Database 2 ; z/OS ; WebSphere ; Database management ; Java (Computer program language) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: IBM DB2® for z/OS® is a high-performance database management system (DBMS) with a strong reputation in traditional high-volume transaction workloads that are based on relational technology. IBM WebSphere® Application Server is web application server software that runs on most platforms with a web server and is used to deploy, integrate, execute, and manage Java Platform, Enterprise Edition applications. In this IBM® Redbooks® publication, we describe the application architecture evolution focusing on the value of having DB2 for z/OS as the data server and IBM z/OS® as the platform for traditional and for modern applications. This book provides background technical information about DB2 and WebSphere features and demonstrates their applicability presenting a scenario about configuring WebSphere Version 8.5 on z/OS and type 2 and type 4 connectivity (including the XA transaction support) for accessing a DB2 for z/OS database server taking into account high-availability requirements. We also provide considerations about developing applications, monitoring performance, and documenting issues. DB2 database administrators, WebSphere specialists, and Java application developers will appreciate the holistic approach of this document. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Dec. 17, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 67
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): CICS (Computer system) ; Java (Computer program language) ; Application software ; Development ; Virtual computer systems ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication provides information about the new Java virtual machine (JVM) server technology in IBM CICS® Transaction Server for z/OS® V4.2. We begin by outlining the many advantages of its multi-threaded operation over the pooled JVM function of earlier releases. The Open Services Gateway initiative (OSGi) is described and we highlight the benefits OSGi brings to both development and deployment. Details are then provided about how to configure and use the new JVM server environment. Examples are included of the deployment process, which takes a Java application from the workstation Eclipse integrated development environment (IDE) with the IBM CICS Explorer® software development kit (SDK) plug-in, through the various stages up to execution in a stand-alone CICS region and an IBM CICSPlex® environment. The book continues with a comparison between traditional CICS programming, and CICS programming from Java. As a result, the main functional areas of the Java class library for CICS (JCICS) application programming interface (API) are extensively reviewed. Further chapters are provided to demonstrate interaction with structured data such as copybooks, and how to access relational databases by using Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) and Structured Query Language for Java (SQLJ). Finally, we devote a chapter to the migration of applications from the pooled JVM model to the new JVM server run time.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8038-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Apr. 8, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 68
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, N.Y.] : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Supercomputers ; High performance computing ; IBM computers ; Computer input-output equipment ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication is one in a series of IBM books written specifically for the IBM System Blue Gene® supercomputer, Blue Gene/Q®, which is the third generation of massively parallel supercomputers from IBM in the Blue Gene series. This document provides an overview of the application development environment for the Blue Gene/Q system. It describes the requirements to develop applications on this high-performance supercomputer. This book explains the unique Blue Gene/Q programming environment. This book does not provide detailed descriptions of the technologies that are commonly used in the supercomputing industry, such as Message Passing Interface (MPI) and Open Multi-Processing (OpenMP). References to more detailed information about programming and technology are provided. This document assumes that readers have a strong background in high-performance computing (HPC) programming. The high-level programming languages that are used throughout this book are C/C++ and Fortran95. For more information about the Blue Gene/Q system, see "IBM Redbooks" on page 159.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-7948-01. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Dec. 12, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 69
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    ISBN: 0738438154
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Computer storage devices ; Information retrieval ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: Businesses of all sizes are faced with the challenge of managing huge volumes of data that are becoming increasingly valuable. But storing this data can be costly, and extracting value from the data is becoming more and more difficult. IT organizations have limited resources and cannot afford to make investment mistakes. The IBM® Storwize® V3500 system provides a smarter solution that is affordable, simple, and efficient, which enables businesses to overcome their storage challenges. IBM Storwize V3500 is the most recent addition to the IBM Storwize family of disk systems. It delivers easy-to-use, entry-level configurations that are specifically designed to meet the modest budgets of small and medium-sized businesses. IBM Storwize V3500 features the following highlights: - Consolidate and share data with low cost iSCSI storage networking. - Deploy storage in minutes and perform storage management tasks quickly and easily through a breakthrough graphical user interface. - Experience peace of mind with proven IBM Storwize family high-availability data protection with snapshot technology and IBM warranty support. - Optimize efficiency by allocating only the amount of disk space needed at the time it is required with high performance, thin-provisioning capabilities.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8125-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from title page (Safari, viewed June 19, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 70
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, N.Y.] : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Cloud computing ; Virtual computer systems ; Client/server computing ; Web servers ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: Distributed computing has been transformed with the introduction of virtualization technology. This has driven a re-architecture of traditional data center workload placement. In 2012, IBM® announced IBM PureSystems™, a new offering based on preconfigured software, servers, and storage that form an expert integrated system. Expert integrated systems now combine traditional IT resources into a single optimized solution, with prepackaged components including servers, storage devices, networking equipment, and software. With this evolution of technology, we move from discrete, siloed, and underutilized IT resources to shared resource pools. This IBM Redbooks® publication can help you install, tailor, and configure IBM SmartCloud® Entry on the IBM PureFlex™ System offering. This book is intended for anyone who wants to learn more about cloud computing with IBM SmartCloud Entry and offerings based on IBM Flex System™ elements.
    Anmerkung: Number on back cover: SG24-8102-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Nov. 11, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 71
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY] : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): ISPF dialog manager ; Virtual computer systems ; IBM software ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication introduces the IBM Interactive System Productivity Facility (ISPF) Productivity Tool (IPT) Version 7, Release 1 for IBM z/OS®. IPT operates as a seamlessly integrated front end to ISPF. Note the following points: IPT functionality is available from any panel, without a need to modify any ISPF Primary Options Menu. All IPT functions are totally integrated. IPT can perform almost any activity within ISPF, or internally invoke the function that can perform the task. IPT combines separately provided ISPF utility functions and new ISPF Productivity Tool features into the Object List (OLIST) and Member Selection List (MSL). The resulting members, datasets, and Object Lists become powerful platforms where you can perform many tasks without navigating to other utilities. IPT relates objects to applications in a similar manner to the way that a PC performs Object Linking and Embedding (OLE). By extending the dataset objects that are used by ISPF to other object classes, IPT lets you specify the object to be processed and the action that is performed (such as EDIT or BROWSE). The facility that is appropriate to the object class for the action that you have requested is invoked automatically. IPT provides extensive search capabilities that are both rapid and intuitive. You can easily search for volumes, datasets, members, and text within members. ISPF Productivity Tool also furnishes automatic drill-down system navigation to examine volumes, datasets, and members. IPT provides a menu-driven facility to display and recover all of the deleted members of a partitioned dataset (PDS) library. IPT extends the ISPF action bar with options that provide access to new functionality so that you do not have to learn new commands or syntax. In addition to the ISPF Point-and-Shoot capabilities, IPT provides new concepts, such as hotbars (user-defined fields that execute commands), field-sensitive areas in MSLs and OLISTs, automatic recognition of a dataset name on any ISPF panel as a parameter to BROWSE, EDIT, or VIEW, or parameters within any Time Sharing Option (TSO) command. IPT provides integrated and enhanced IBM Software Configuration and Library Manager (SCLM) support within the standard member and dataset lists. SCLM is a source library management component of ISPF that provides change control, multiple source versions, auditing, a built-in make facility, and automatic check-in/sign-out using standard libraries (PDS and partitio...
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8093-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Dec. 12, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 72
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Transaction systems (Computer systems) ; Middleware ; Service-oriented architecture (Computer science) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: In a world where product lifespans are often measured in months, the IBM® Transaction Processing Facility has remained relevant for more than four decades by continuing to process high volumes of transactions quickly and reliably. As the title of this book suggests, the z/TPF system uses open, standard interfaces to create services. Integration of new applications with existing z/TPF functions is a key factor in extending application capabilities. The ability for service data objects (SDO) to access the z/TPF Database Facility (z/TPFDF) provides a framework for data application program development that includes an architecture and application programming interfaces (APIs). SDO access to z/TPFDF provides remote client applications with access to z/TPF traditional data. In the simplest terms, service-oriented architecture (SOA) is a means by which like, or unlike, systems can communicate with one another despite differences between each system's heritage. SOA can neutralize the differences between systems so that they understand one another. SOA support for z/TPF is a means by which z/TPF can interact with other systems that also support SOA. This book discusses various aspects of SOA in the z/TPF system, including explanations and examples to help z/TPF users implement SOA. IBM WebSphere® Application Server was chosen as the partner system as a means of demonstrating how a world class transaction server and a world class application server can work together. This book shows you how you can exploit z/TPF as a transaction server, participating in a SOA structure alongside WebSphere Application Server. This IBM Redbooks® publication provides an introduction to z/TPF and the technologies critical to SOA. z/TPF is positioned as a provider or consumer in an SOA by supporting SOAP processing, communication bindings, and Extensible Markup Language (XML). An example is used to show how z/TPF can be used both as a Web service provider and as a consumer. A second example shows how to use WebSphere Operational Decision Management to apply business rules. A third example shows how business event processing can be incorporated in z/TPF applications. An example is also used to discuss security aspects, including z/TPF XML encryption and the z/TPF WS-Security wrapper. The main part of the book concludes with a discussion of z/TPF in an open systems environment, including examples of lightweight implementations to fit z/TPF, such as the HTTP server for the z/TP...
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8124-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Apr. 8, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 73
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY? : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization?]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): z/OS ; IBM Database 2 ; Database management ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: IBM® DB2® Version 11.1 for z/OS® (DB2 11 for z/OS or just DB2 11 throughout this book) is the fifteenth release of DB2 for IBM MVS™. It brings performance and synergy with the IBM System z® hardware and opportunities to drive business value in the following areas. DB2 11 can provide unmatched reliability, availability, and scalability - Improved data sharing performance and efficiency - Less downtime by removing growth limitations - Simplified management, improved autonomics, and reduced planned outages DB2 11 can save money and save time - Aggressive CPU reduction goals - Additional utilities performance and CPU improvements - Save time and resources with new autonomic and application development capabilities DB2 11 provides simpler, faster migration - SQL compatibility, divorce system migration from application migration - Access path stability improvements - Better application performance with SQL and XML enhancements DB2 11 includes enhanced business analytics] - Faster, more efficient performance for query workloads - Accelerator enhancements - More efficient inline database scoring enables predictive analytics The DB2 11 environment is available either for new installations of DB2 or for migrations from DB2 10 for z/OS subsystems only. This IBM Redbooks® publication introduces the enhancements made available with DB2 11 for z/OS. The contents help database administrators to understand the new functions and performance enhancements, to plan for ways to use the key new capabilities, and to justify the investment in installing or migrating to DB2 11.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8180-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover page (Safari, viewed Feb. 7, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 74
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY? : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization?]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Database management ; Information storage and retrieval systems ; IBM computers ; Programming ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: The popularity of the Internet and the affordability of IT hardware and software have resulted in an explosion of applications, architectures, and platforms. Workloads have changed. Many applications, including mission-critical ones, are deployed on various platforms, and the IBM® System z® design has adapted to this change. It takes into account a wide range of factors, including compatibility and investment protection, to match the IT requirements of an enterprise. This IBM Redbooks® publication addresses the new IBM zEnterprise® System. This system consists of the IBM zEnterprise EC12 (zEC12), an updated IBM zEnterprise Unified Resource Manager, and the IBM zEnterprise BladeCenter® Extension (zBX) Model 003. The zEC12 is designed with improved scalability, performance, security, resiliency, availability, and virtualization. The superscalar design allows the zEC12 to deliver a record level of capacity over the prior System z servers. It is powered by 120 of the world's most powerful microprocessors. These microprocessors run at 5.5 GHz and are capable of running more than 75,000 millions of instructions per second (MIPS). The zEC12 Model HA1 is estimated to provide up to 50% more total system capacity than the IBM zEnterprise 196 (z196) Model M80. The zBX Model 003 infrastructure works with the zEC12 to enhance System z virtualization and management. It does so through an integrated hardware platform that spans mainframe, IBM POWER7®, and IBM System x® technologies. Through the Unified Resource Manager, the zEnterprise System is managed as a single pool of resources, integrating system and workload management across the environment. This book provides information about the zEnterprise System and its functions, features, and associated software support. Greater detail is offered in areas relevant to technical planning. It is intended for systems engineers, consultants, planners, and anyone who wants to understand the zEnterprise System functions and plan for their usage. It is not intended as an introduction to mainframes. Readers are expected to be generally familiar with existing IBM System z® technology and terminology.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover page (Safari, viewed Feb. 7, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 75
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Cloud computing ; Information technology ; Management ; Big data ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication highlights IBM Technical Computing as a flexible infrastructure for clients looking to reduce capital and operational expenditures, optimize energy usage, or re-use the infrastructure. This book strengthens IBM SmartCloud® solutions, in particular IBM Technical Computing clouds, with a well-defined and documented deployment model within an IBM System x® or an IBM Flex System™. This provides clients with a cost-effective, highly scalable, robust solution with a planned foundation for scaling, capacity, resilience, optimization, automation, and monitoring. This book is targeted toward technical professionals (consultants, technical support staff, IT Architects, and IT Specialists) responsible for providing cloud-computing solutions and support.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8144-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Feb. 3, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 76
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 4th ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Content manager ; Knowledge management ; Information storage and retrieval systems ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication provides a practical guide to the design, installation, configuration, and maintenance of IBM Content Manager OnDemand Version 9.0. Content Manager OnDemand manages high-volume storage and retrieval of electronic statements and provides efficient enterprise report management. Content Manager OnDemand transforms formatted computer output and printed reports, such as statements and invoices, into electronic information for easy report management. Content Manager OnDemand helps eliminate costly, high-volume print output by capturing, indexing, archiving, and presenting electronic information for improved customer service. This publication covers the key areas of Content Manager OnDemand, some of which might not be known to the Content Manager OnDemand community or are misunderstood. The book covers various topics, including basic information in administration, database structure, storage management, and security. In addition, the book covers data indexing, loading, conversion, and expiration. Other topics include user exits, performance, retention management, records management, and many more. Because many other resources are available that address subjects on different platforms, this publication is not intended as a comprehensive guide for Content Manager OnDemand; rather, it is intended to complement the existing Content Manager OnDemand documentation and provide insight into the issues that might be encountered in the setup and use of Content Manager OnDemand.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-6915-03. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Feb. 3, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 77
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IMB Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): SmartCloud ; Information technology projects ; Management ; Electronic data interchange ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: SmartCloud Control Desk is a comprehensive IT Asset and Service Management solution that helps reduce cost and minimize service disruptions. It does so through automated service request handling, efficient change management, and optimized asset lifecycle management across IT and enterprise domains. SmartCloud Control Desk helps to reduce total cost of ownership by using one unified solution to license, install, and manage multiple ITIL processes under one price point. It can also help reduce business risk by using advanced impact analysis and defining automated change procedures that ensure integrity of existing infrastructure while supporting business agility. SmartCloud Control Desk improves efficiency and quality of service by unifying asset, change, and problem management. It lowers cost and mitigates license compliance risk by performing end to end software asset management. It also delivers an adaptive, role-based simplified UI that can be more intuitive for novice users, which reduces training costs, while allowing access from anywhere at anytime through mobile device support that includes BlackBerry, iOS, and Android. In addition, SmartCloud Control Desk supports both a profit center business model for internal IT organizations, and an external Service Provider model. It allows organizations to manage customers and customer agreements and bills for managed assets, usage, and work activities while improving utilization rates and reducing unnecessary purchases by managing the IT asset lifecycle. You can deploy SmartCloud Control Desk in a variety of ways; traditional on-premise, SaaS, VM image. This approach can make it more affordable to meet your current business needs, and seamlessly move between delivery models while keeping the same functionality. This IBM® Redbooks® publication covers IBM SmartCloud® Control Desk product configuration, customization, and implementation best practices.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8095-00. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed August 14, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 78
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Computer systems ; Management ; Computer systems ; Client/server computing ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication describes the positioning of the IBM Systems Director in the complete management range. It also compares the IBM Systems Director with the IBM Flex Systems Manager (FSM) and describes the environments for which each tool is best suited. This publication helps you plan, install, tailor, and configure the IBM Systems Director on different platforms. It contains information about required system resources and which network ports are used. It shows how to use the Workload Estimator to select the appropriate hardware for IBM Systems Director server and provides information about the IBM Systems Director Editions. Best practices are covered for the basic management tasks that are available in IBM Systems Director, including how to perform discovery; how to collect inventory on discovered resources; how to deploy agent, driver, and firmware updates; how to manage hardware events; and other miscellaneous tasks. An overview of best practices is provided for using IBM Systems Director VMControl™. Systems Director VMControl is a cross-platform product that assists you in rapidly deploying virtual appliances to create virtual servers that are configured with the operating system and software applications that you want. It also enables you to group resources into system pools, which enable you to centrally manage and control the different workloads in your environment. The following plug-in offerings are described: Energy monitoring and management features offered by IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager™ along with the best practice, which needs to be followed in using the IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager. The IBM AIX® Profile Manager is a tool that can help implement and monitor the security of all AIX servers in a production environment but also implement and monitor the system compliance of those AIX servers. Best practices and the most important questions to ask before creating Workload Partition Manager (WPAR) and WPAR Manager infrastructure. In addition, how you can manage and relocate WPARs using WPAR Manager graphical interface and the command-line interface. Network Control basic functionalities and how to plan for Network Control deployments and also a number of common scenarios with best practices. The IBM Systems Director Service and Support Manager describes how to set up and how to handle serviceable events. Best practices for the Storage Monitoring and Management capabilities offered by IBM Sys...
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8141-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover page (Safari, viewed Jan. 31, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 79
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): WebSphere ; Middleware ; Enterprise application integration (Computer systems) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: IBM WebSphere® eXtreme Scale provides a solution to scalability issues through caching and grid technology. It provides an enhanced quality of service in high performance computing environments. This IBM® Redbooks® publication introduces WebSphere eXtreme Scale and shows how to set up and use an eXtreme Scale environment. It begins with a discussion of the issues that would lead you to an eXtreme Scale solution. It then describes the architecture of eXtreme Scale to help you understand how the product works. It provides information about potential grid topologies, the APIs used by applications to access the grid, and application scenarios that show how to effectively use the grid. This book is intended for architects who want to implement WebSphere eXtreme Scale. The original edition of this book was based on WebSphere eXtreme Scale version 6.1. It was published in 2008 and described as a "User's Guide". This second edition updates the information based on WebSphere eXtreme Scale version 8.6, and covers key concepts and usage scenarios.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-7683-01. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Jan. 30, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 80
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): WebSphere ; Application software ; Development ; Web servers ; Computer programs ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: WebSphere® Application Server V8.5 includes a Liberty profile, which is a highly composable, dynamic application server profile. It is designed for two specific use cases: Developers with a smaller production runtime, and production environments. For a developer, it focuses on the tasks a developer does most frequently and makes it possible for the developer to complete those tasks as quickly and as simply as possible. For production environments, it provides a dynamic, small footprint runtime to be able to maximize system resources. This IBM® Redbooks® publication targets administrators of Liberty profile environments. It provides the information needed to create, configure, and manage Liberty profile servers. It includes information on managing multiple servers in an installation, including the use of the new administrative capabilities introduced in WebSphere Application Server V8.5.5. The following publications are companion publications for this book: WebSphere Application Server: New Features in V8.5.5, REDP-4870 WebSphere Application Server V8.5.5 Technical Overview, REDP-4855 IBM WebSphere Application Server V8.5 Concepts, Planning, and Design Guide, SG24-8022 WebSphere Application Server Liberty Profile Guide for Developers, SG24-8076
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8170-00. - Includes bibliogrpahical references. - Description based on print version record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 81
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): IBM Database 2 ; Database management ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: IBM® DB2® tools for z/OS® support and exploit the most current versions of DB2 for z/OS. These tools are integral for the administration of the DB2 for z/OS environment and optimization of data performance. DB2 Administration Solution Pack for z/OS V1.1 (5697-DAM) offers features, functions, and processes that database administrators (DBAs) can use to more effectively and efficiently manage DB2 environments. DB2 Administration Solution Pack for z/OS is composed of the following tools: IBM DB2 Administration Tool for z/OS IBM DB2 Object Comparison Tool for z/OS IBM InfoSphere® Optim™ Configuration Manager for DB2 for z/OS IBM DB2 Table Editor for z/OS This IBM Redbooks® publication shows how the delivered capabilities can help DBAs to more easily complete tasks associated with object management, change management, application management, and configuration management.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8148-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Apr. 8, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 82
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, N.Y.] : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Routers (Computer networks) ; Internetworking (Telecommunication) ; Computer network protocols ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication is an IBM and Cisco collaboration that articulates how IBM and Cisco can bring the benefits of their respective companies to the modern data center. It documents the architectures, solutions, and benefits that can be achieved by implementing a data center based on IBM server, storage, and integrated systems, with the broader Cisco network. We describe how to design a state-of-the art data center and networking infrastructure combining Cisco and IBM solutions. The objective is to provide a reference guide for customers looking to build an infrastructure that is optimized for virtualization, is highly available, is interoperable, and is efficient in terms of power and space consumption. It will explain the technologies used to build the infrastructure, provide use cases, and give guidance on deployments.
    Anmerkung: Number on back cover: SG24-8105-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Nov. 11, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 83
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): z/OS ; Linux ; Operating systems (Computers) ; IBM computers ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication describes the usage of Coupling Facility (CF) functions with the IBM System z® Personal Development Tool (zPDT). It describes the System z Coupling Application Developer Controlled Distribution, which is a Parallel Sysplex® "starter system" based on the AD-CD package and lists the exact steps taken to turn the normal AD-CD z/OS® system into a Parallel Sysplex base. This document assumes that the reader is familiar with basic zPDT usage and terminology, with z/OS, with the z/OS AD-CD system, with basic z/VM® usage, and with general Parallel Sysplex concepts. It is not intended as an introduction to any of these topics. This version of the document is based on z/VM 6.2 (as available to authorized users in an AD-CD package) and z/OS 1.13 (as available to authorized users in the January 2013 update of the AD-CD package).
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-7859-02. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on print version record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 84
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 7th ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Computer architecture ; Storage area networks (Computer networks) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication describes the concepts, architecture, and implementation of the IBM XIV® Storage System. The XIV Storage System is a scalable enterprise storage system that is based on a grid array of hardware components. It can attach to both Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) and IP network Small Computer System Interface (iSCSI) capable hosts. This system is a good fit for clients who want to be able to grow capacity without managing multiple tiers of storage. The XIV Storage System is suited for mixed or random access workloads, including online transaction processing, video streamings, images, email, and emerging workload areas, such as Web 2.0 and storage cloud. The focus of this edition is on the XIV Gen3 hardware Release 3.2, running Version 11.2 of the XIV system software. With this version, XIV Storage System offers up to five times the iSCSI throughput with new 10 GbE ports, a performance boost with new CPUs, and enhanced caching with optional solid-state drives (SSDs). The IBM XIV software Version 11.2 also offers support for Windows Server 2012, including space reclamation. And, the software enables drive rebuild times as fast as 26 minutes for a fully utilized 2 TB hard disk drive under heavy load. In the first few chapters of this book, we describe many of the unique and powerful concepts that form the basis of the XIV Storage System logical and physical architecture. We explain how the system is designed to eliminate direct dependencies between the hardware elements and the software that governs the system. In subsequent chapters, we explain the planning and preparation tasks that are required to deploy the system in your environment. A step-by-step procedure is presented that describes how to configure and administer the system. Illustrations are provided about how to perform those tasks by using the intuitive, yet powerful XIV Storage Manager GUI or the XIV command-line interface (XCLI). We describe the performance characteristics of the XIV Storage System and present options that are available for alerting and monitoring, including an enhanced secure remote support capability. This book is intended for IT professionals who want an understanding of the XIV Storage System. It also targets readers who need detailed advice on how to configure and use the system.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-7659-06. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Sept. 30, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 85
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Computer networks ; Client/server computing ; Storage area networks (Computer networks) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: To meet today's complex and ever-changing business demands, you need a solid foundation of server, storage, networking and software resources that is simple to deploy and can quickly and automatically adapt to changing conditions. You also need access to, and the ability to take advantage of, broad expertise and proven best practices in systems management, applications, hardware maintenance and more. IBM® PureFlex™ System, which is a part of the IBM PureSystems™ family of expert integrated systems, combines advanced IBM hardware and software along with patterns of expertise and integrates them into three optimized configurations that are simple to acquire and deploy so you can achieve faster time to value. If you want a pre-configured, pre-integrated infrastructure with integrated management and cloud capabilities, factory tuned from IBM with x86 and Power hybrid solution, IBM PureFlex System is the answer. In this IBM Redbooks® publication, we use EX4500 core switches to demonstrate interoperability with the System Networking switches (RackSwitch™ G8264 top of rack switch and the Flex system fabric EN4093 10Gb scalable switch). We also describe a redundant environment using QFX3500 switches running IBM Virtual-Link Aggregation Group (MC-LAG/vLAG) and Juniper Multi- Chassis-Link Aggregation Group.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8094-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Sept. 30, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 86
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): WebSphere ; Service-oriented architecture (Computer science) ; Enterprise application integration (Computer systems) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: In the dynamic business environment of today, Information Technology (IT) organizations face challenges around scalability and performance. This IBM® Redbooks® publication is targeted for IT architects, IT personnel, and developers who are looking to integrate caching technologies, specifically elastic caching, into their business environment to enhance scalability and performance. Although it is helpful to know caching technologies, an introduction to caching technologies in general is included. In addition, technical details are provided about implementing caching by using several IBM products. The IBM WebSphere® eXtreme Scale product provides several functions to enhance application performance and scalability. It provides distributed object caching functionality, which is essential for elastic scalability and next-generation cloud environments. It helps applications process massive volumes of transactions with extreme efficiency and linear scalability. By using the scalable in-memory data grid, enterprises can benefit from a powerful, high-performance elastic cache. The IBM WebSphere DataPower® XC10 Appliance enables your business-critical applications to scale cost effectively with consistent performance by using elastic caching in a purpose-built, easy-to-use appliance. This publication explains the benefits of using various caching techniques in your enterprise, specifically involving the use of IBM WebSphere eXtreme Scale and the IBM WebSphere DataPower XC10 Appliance. Three real-world scenarios are described that use these enterprise caching technologies to solve issues that face the businesses of today.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8043-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Mar. 27, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 87
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 4th ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Web servers ; Electronic data processing ; Distributed processing ; Parallel processing (Electronic computers) ; IBM computers ; Programming ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: Server Time Protocol (STP) is a server-wide facility that is implemented in the Licensed Internal Code (LIC) of IBM® zEnterprise EC12 (zEC12), IBM zEnterprise 196 (z196), IBM zEnterprise 114 (z114), IBM System z10®, and IBM System z9®. It provides improved time synchronization in both a sysplex or non-sysplex configuration. This IBM Redbooks® publication will help you configure a Mixed Coordinated Timing Network (CTN) or an STP-only CTN. It is intended for technical support personnel requiring information about: -Installing and configuring a Coordinated Timing Network -Using STP functions and operations -Migrating to a Coordinated Timing Network from various timing environments Readers are expected to be familiar with IBM System z technology and terminology. For planning information, see our companion book, Server Time Protocol Planning Guide, SG24-7280. For information about how to recover your STP environment functionality, see the Server Time Protocol Recovery Guide, SG24-7380.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-7281-03. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Apr. 8, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 88
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY] : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): IBM ProtecTier ; Data compression (Computer science) ; Data recovery (Computer science) ; Electronic data processing ; Backup processing alternatives ; Data tape drives ; Virtual computer systems ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication provides best practice guidance for planning, installing, and configuring the IBM TS7600 ProtecTIER® family of products. This guide provides all the latest best practices for using ProtecTIER Software Version 3.3 and the revolutionary and patented IBM HyperFactor® deduplication engine, along with other data storage efficiency techniques, such as compression and defragmentation. The IBM System Storage® TS7650G ProtecTIER Deduplication Gateway and the IBM System Storage TS7620 ProtecTIER Deduplication Appliance Express are disk-based data storage systems that are configured for three available interfaces: The Virtual Tape Library (VTL) interface is the foundation of ProtecTIER and emulates traditional automated tape libraries. The Symantec NetBackup OpenStorage (OST) API can be integrated with Symantec NetBackup to provide backup-to-disk without having to emulate traditional tape libraries. The newly available File System Interface (FSI) supports Common Internet File System (CIFS) and Network File System (NFS) as backup targets. For your existing ProtecTIER solution, this guide provides best practices and suggestions to boost the performance and the effectiveness of the data deduplication with regards to your application platforms for your VTL, OST, and FSI systems. When you build a ProtecTIER data deduplication environment, this guide helps your IT architects and solution designers plan for the best option and scenario for data deduplication for their environments. This guide helps you optimize your deduplication ratio, while reducing the hardware, power and cooling, and management costs. This guide provides expertise that was gained from the IBM ProtecTIER Field Technical Sales Support (FTSS/CSS) Group, development, and Quality Assurance teams.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8025-01. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Dec. 11, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 89
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 4th ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Computer storage devices ; Information retrieval ; Information storage and retrieval systems ; Business ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication captures several of the preferred practices that are based on field experience and describes the performance gains that can be achieved by implementing the IBM System Storage® SAN Volume Controller and Storwize® V7000 V7.2. This book begins with a look at the latest developments with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize V7000 and reviews the changes in the previous versions of the product. It highlights configuration guidelines and preferred practices for the storage area network (SAN) topology, clustered system, back-end storage, storage pools and managed disks, volumes, remote copy services, and hosts. Then, this book provides performance guidelines for SAN Volume Controller, back-end storage, and applications. It explains how you can optimize disk performance with the IBM System Storage Easy Tier® function. Next, it provides preferred practices for monitoring, maintaining, and troubleshooting SAN Volume Controller and Storwize V7000. Finally, this book highlights several scenarios that demonstrate the preferred practices and performance guidelines.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-7521-03. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from title page (Safari, viewed Nov. 6, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 90
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Database management ; Information resources management ; Electronic data processing ; IMS (DL/I) (Computer system) ; IMS/VS (Computer system) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication gives a broad understanding of IBM IMS™ integration and connectivity solutions to access applications and data stores across your enterprise architecture. As an application developer, architect, systems integrator, or systems programmer, there is important information that is available in this book that pertains to your responsibilities to continue to include the proven performance, data integrity, and workload distribution that is available from IMS in to selected projects that are related to your entire enterprise. This book updates and adds to the information in the following IBM Redbooks publications: IMS e-business Connectors: A Guide to IMS Connectivity, SG24-6514 IMS Connectivity in an On Demand Environment: A Practical Guide to IMS Connectivity, SG24-6794 Powering SOA Solutions with IMS, SG24-7662 IBM IMS Version 12 Technical Overview, SG24-7972 IMS 12: The IMS Catalog, REDP-4812 Rethink Your Mainframe Applications: Reasons and Approaches for Extension, Transformation, and Growth, REDP-4938 Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8174-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Feb. 3, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 91
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): CICS (Computer system) ; Mobile computing ; Programming ; Application software ; Development ; Teleprocessing monitors (Computer programs) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication provides information about how you can connect mobile devices to IBM Customer Information Control System (CICS®) Transaction Server (CICS TS), using existing enterprise services already hosted on CICS, or to develop new services supporting new lines of business. This book describes the steps to develop, configure, and deploy a mobile application that connects either directly to CICS TS, or to CICS via IBM Worklight® Server. It also describes the advantages that your organization can realize by using Worklight Server with CICS. In addition, this Redbooks publication provides a broad understanding of the new CICS architecture that enables you to make new and existing mainframe applications available as web services using JavaScript Object Notation (JSON), and provides support for the transformation between JSON and application data. While doing so, we provide information about each resource definition, and its role when CICS handles or makes a request. We also describe how to move your CICS applications, and business, into the mobile space, and how to prepare your CICS environment for the following scenarios: Taking an existing CICS application and exposing it as a JSON web service Creating a new CICS application, based on a JSON schema Using CICS as a JSON client This Redbooks publication provides information about the installation and configuration steps for both Worklight Studio and Worklight Server. Worklight Studio is the Eclipse interface that a developer uses to implement a Worklight native or hybrid mobile application, and can be installed into an Eclipse instance. Worklight Server is where components developed for the server side (written in Worklight Studio), such as adapters and custom server-side authentication logic, run. CICS applications and their associated data constitute some of the most valuable assets owned by an enterprise. Therefore, the protection of these assets is an essential part of any CICS mobile project. This Redbooks publication, after a review of the main mobile security challenges, outlines the options for securing CICS JSON web services, and reviews how products, such as Worklight and IBM DataPower®, can help. It then shows examples of security configurations in CICS and Worklight.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8161-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Feb. 3, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 92
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY? : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization?]
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Credit analysis ; IBM computers ; Operating systems (Computers) ; Risk management ; Credit scoring systems ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: When ricocheting a solution that involves analytics, the mainframe might not be the first platform that comes to mind. However, the IBM® System z® group has developed some innovative solutions that include the well-respected mainframe benefits. This book describes a workshop that demonstrates the use of real-time advanced analytics for enhancing core banking decisions using a loan origination example. The workshop is a live hands-on experience of the entire process from analytics modeling to deployment of real-time scoring services for use on IBM z/OS®. In this IBM Redbooks® publication, we include a facilitator guide chapter as well as a participant guide chapter. The facilitator guide includes information about the preparation, such as the needed material, resources, and steps to set up and run this workshop. The participant guide shows step-by-step the tasks for a successful learning experience. The goal of the first hands-on exercise is to learn how to use IBM SPSS® Modeler for Analytics modeling. This provides the basis for the next exercise "Configuring risk assessment in SPSS Decision Management". In the third exercise, the participant experiences how real-time scoring can be implemented on a System z. This publication is written for consultants, IT architects, and IT administrators who want to become familiar with SPSS and analytics solutions on the System z.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8153-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from title page (Safari, viewed Feb. 7, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 93
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Armonk, NY : IBM Corp. International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Storage area networks (Computer networks) ; Computer storage devices ; Information storage and retrieval systems ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: Organizations of all sizes are faced with the challenge of managing massive volumes of increasingly valuable data. But storing this data can be costly, and extracting value from the data is becoming more and more difficult. IT organizations have limited resources but must stay responsive to dynamic environments and act quickly to consolidate, simplify, and optimize their IT infrastructures. The IBM® Storwize® V3700 system provides a smarter solution that is affordable, easy to use, and self-optimizing, which enables organizations to overcome these storage challenges. Storwize V3700 delivers efficient, entry-level configurations that are specifically designed to meet the needs of small and midsize businesses. Designed to provide organizations with the ability to consolidate and share data at an affordable price, Storwize V3700 offers advanced software capabilities that are usually found in more expensive systems. Built upon innovative IBM technology, Storwize V3700 addresses the block storage requirements of small and midsize organizations. Providing up to 240 TB of capacity packaged in a compact 2U, Storwize V3700 is designed to accommodate the most common storage network technologies to enable easy implementation and management. This IBM Redbooks® publication is intended for pre- and post-sales technical support professionals and storage administrators. The concepts in this book also relate to the IBM Storwize V3500. This book was written at a software level of Version 7 Release 1.
    Anmerkung: Number from resource description page: SG24-8107-01. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from title page (Safari, viewed June 13, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 94
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 volume) , illustrations
    Ausgabe: Second edition.
    Serie: IBM redbook
    Schlagwort(e): Database management ; Database design ; Information storage and retrieval systems ; IBM computers ; Programming ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: The IBM® Operational Decision Manager product family provides value to organizations that want to improve the responsiveness and precision of automated decisions. This decision management platform on IBM z/OS® provides comprehensive automation and governance of operational decisions that are made within mainframe applications. These decisions can be shared with other cross-platform applications, providing true enterprise decision management. This IBM Redbooks® publication makes the case for using Operational Decision Manager for z/OS and provides an overview of its components. It is aimed at IT architects, enterprise architects, and development managers looking to build rule-based and business event-based solutions. Step-by-step guidance is provided about getting started with business rules and creating business events by using a scenario-based approach. This book provides detailed guidelines for testing and simulation and describes advanced options for decision authoring. Finally, it describes and documents multiple runtime configuration options. This second edition, SG24-8014-01, of this IBM Redbooks publication updated the information presented in this book to reflect function available in IBM Operational Decision Manager for z/OS Version 8.0.1. It is also important to note that the product name has changed from IBM WebSphere Operational Decision Management for z/OS to IBM Operational Decision Manager for z/OS.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8014-01. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from title page (Safari, viewed December 18, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 95
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): IBM Cognos TM1 ; Business intelligence ; Business intelligence ; Data processing ; Data warehousing ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication explains how IBM Cognos® Business Intelligence (BI) administrators, authors, modelers, and power users can use the dynamic query layer effectively. It provides guidance for determining which technology within the dynamic query layer can best satisfy your business requirements. Administrators can learn how to tune the query service effectively and preferred practices for managing their business intelligence content. This book includes information about metadata modeling of relational data sources with IBM Cognos Framework Manager. It includes considerations that can help you author high-performing applications that satisfy analytical requirements of users. This book provides guidance for troubleshooting issues related to the dynamic query layer of Cognos BI.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8121-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from title page (Safari, viewed Jan. 31, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 96
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Virtual computer systems ; Information storage and retrieval systems ; Electronic data processing ; Backup processing alternatives ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication highlights TS7700 Virtualization Engine Release 3.0. It is intended for system architects who want to integrate their storage systems for smoother operation. The IBM Virtualization Engine TS7700 offers a modular, scalable, and high-performing architecture for mainframe tape virtualization for the IBM System z® environment. It integrates 3592 Tape Drives, high-performance disks, and a new disk cache subsystem into a storage hierarchy. This storage hierarchy is managed by robust storage management firmware with extensive self-management capability. It includes the following advanced functions: Policy management to control physical volume pooling Cache management Dual copy, including across a grid network Copy mode control The TS7700 Virtualization Engine offers enhanced statistical reporting. It also includes a standards-based management interface for TS7700 Virtualization Engine management. The new IBM Virtualization Engine TS7700 Release 3.0 continues the next generation of TS7700 Virtualization Engine servers for System z tape: IBM Virtualization Engine TS7720 Server Model VEB with 3956-CS9 and 3 TB disk drive modules (DDMs) IBM Virtualization Engine TS7740 Server Model V07 with 3956-CC9 with 600 GB DDMs These Virtualization Engines are based on IBM POWER7® technology. They offer improved performance for most System z tape workloads compared to the first generation of TS7700 Virtualization Engine servers. TS7700 Virtualization Engine Release 3.0 builds on the existing capabilities of the TS7700 family. It also introduces the following capabilities: Up to 4,000,000 logical volumes per grid domain Disk cache refresh utilizing 3956-CC9 for TS7740 Model V07 and 3956-CS9 for TS7720 Model VEB Virtualization Engines IPv4 or IPv6 support for customer network and IP Security for grid communication
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8122-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Feb. 3, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 97
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    [Poughkeepsie, NY] : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Storage area networks (Computer networks) ; Virtual storage (Computer science) ; Electronic data processing ; Backup processing alternatives ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: This IBM® Redbooks® publication describes the IBM Storage Area Network and IBM SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster solution when combined with PowerVM® and PowerHA®. We describe guidelines, settings, and the implementation steps that are necessary to achieve a successful implementation. This book is for administrators who are familiar with the SAN, IBM SAN Volume Controller, and IBM PowerVM and PowerHA Systems.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Dec. 17, 2013)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 98
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed.
    Serie: IBM Redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): IBM Database 2 ; z/OS ; Database management ; Utilities (Computer programs) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: IBM® DB2® Tools for z/OS® support and take advantage of the latest versions of DB2 for z/OS. These tools are integral for the administration of the DB2 for z/OS environment and for optimization of data performance. In addition, the IBM portfolio addresses additional client requirements in the areas of data governance and version upgrade acceleration. Underlying the operation of any database management system are the utilities. With the number of database objects growing exponentially, managing utility jobs, meeting service level agreements (SLAs), and ensuring recoverability can be overwhelming. IBM offers DB2 Tools solution packs that assist in the DB2 utilities management process. Solution packs combine several products into a single consolidated solution providing everything necessary to ensure the execution of a set of database administration functions. The goals are to reduce the operational complexity and reduce cost. The objective of this IBM Redbooks® publication is to document the added value in terms of productivity and performance for database administrators when using the IBM DB2 Utilities Solution Pack and the IBM DB2 Fast Copy Solution Pack. We show the functions of the tools provided by the solution packs as used in real-life scenarios and adopting utilities best practices. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8046-01. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover (Safari, viewed Mar. 21, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 99
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): WebSphere ; Client/server computing ; Application software ; Development ; Web servers ; Computer programs ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: IBM WebSphere® Application Server V8.5 includes a Liberty profile, which is a highly composable, dynamic application server profile. It is designed for two specific use cases: Developer with a smaller production run time, and production environments. For a developer, it focuses on the tasks a developer does most frequently and makes it possible for the developer to complete those tasks as quickly and as simply as possible. For production environments, it provides a dynamic, small footprint run time to be able to maximize system resources. This IBM® Redbooks® publication provides you with information to effectively use the WebSphere Application Server V8.5 Liberty profile along with the WebSphere Application Server Developer Tools for Eclipse, for development and testing of web applications that do not require a full Java Platform. It provides a quick guide on getting started, providing a scenario-based approach to demonstrate the capabilities of the Liberty profile along with the developer tools, providing a simplified, but comprehensive, application development and testing environment. The intended audience for this book is developers of web and OSGi applications who are familiar with web and OSGi application concepts. This book has been updated to reflect the new features in WebSphere Application Server V8.5.5.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8076-01. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover page (Safari, viewed Jan. 31, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 100
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Poughkeepsie, NY : IBM Corp., International Technical Support Organization
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Ausgabe: 1st ed.
    Serie: IBM redbooks
    Schlagwort(e): Virtual computer systems ; Client/server computing ; Web servers ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Kurzfassung: To meet today's complex and ever-changing business demands, you need a solid foundation of server, storage, networking, and software resources. It must be simple to deploy and able to quickly and automatically adapt to changing conditions. You also need access to, and the ability to take advantage of, broad expertise and proven best practices in systems management, applications, hardware maintenance, and more. IBM® PureFlex™ System is part of the IBM PureSystems™ family of expert integrated systems. It combines advanced IBM hardware and software along with patterns of expertise and integrates them into three optimized configurations that are simple to acquire and deploy. With the PureFlex System, you can achieve faster time to value. If you want a pre-configured, pre-integrated infrastructure with integrated management and cloud capabilities, factory tuned from IBM with x86 and Power hybrid solution, IBM PureFlex System is the answer. In this IBM Redbooks® publication, the examples use a Cisco Nexus 5000 Series Switch, although any configurations should also apply to the Cisco Nexus 7000 Series Switch too. However, it is wise to check as there might be minor differences. This book also covers the different variations for the implementation of these use cases when you use Cisco Catalyst Series Switches.
    Anmerkung: Number on resource description page: SG24-8092-00. - Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from cover page (Safari, viewed Jan. 31, 2014)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
Schließen ⊗
Diese Webseite nutzt Cookies und das Analyse-Tool Matomo. Weitere Informationen finden Sie hier...